Avyakt murli for Monday 9 January 1995

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.
0> > > >109-01-95 09-01-95 09-01-95 09-01-95ओम ōm ōm Omशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktबापदादामधुबन bāpadādāmadhuban x x

0> > 09-01-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2निश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानियाँ niśhāniyā̃ niśhānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sign- - - -निश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious और aur aur andसदा sadā sadā constantlyनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worryस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experience

1THE SIGN OF HAVING FAITH IN THE INTELLECT IS TO HAVE GUARANTEED VICTORY AND TO EXPERIENCE A CONSTANTLY CAREFREE STAGE.

3आज āj āj todayसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रक्षक rakṣhak rakṣhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] protectorऔर aur aur andशिक्षक śhikṣhak śhikṣhak[x] teacherबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)फाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]रहे थे rahē thē rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] remain[past-perf.pl.m.]. . . .

2Today, BapDada, the Protector and Teacher of all the children, is seeing the foundation of all His Brahmin children.

4ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजानते हो jāntē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] know[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatवर्तमान vartamān vartamān[adj.] presentश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

3All of you know that the foundation of the present elevated life is faith.

5जितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithरूपी rūpī rūpī[adj.] in the form ofफाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.से sē sē[postp.] fromअब ab ab[adv.] nowतक tak tak untilसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyयोगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogi, , , , निर्मल nirmal nirmal[adj.] xस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature, , , , शुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)वृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeऔर aur aur andआत्मिक ātmik ātmik[adj.] soul-consciousदृष्टि dr̥iṣhṭi dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] drishtiसदा sadā sadā constantlyनेचुरल natural natural naturalरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

4From the beginning until now, to the extent that your foundation of faith is firm, to that extent you constantly experience in a natural form being an easy yogi, having a gentle and pure nature, an attitude of good wishes and soul­conscious vision.

6हर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeचलन chalan chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] behaviourऔर aur aur andचेहरे chēhrē chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] faceसे sē sē[postp.] fromउनकी unkī vah[pn.pl.kī] that[.kī]झलक jhalak jhalak[n.f.;sg.]|jhalaknā[root] (x|sparkle[root])अनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyजानना jānnā jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] know[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] that‘ ‘ ‘ ‘मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]और aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]’ ’ ’ ’, , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजानने jānnē jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] know[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatजानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatमानना mānnā mānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andचलना chalnā chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

5At every moment, this is experienced from the sparkle on your face and from your activity. 6Because, in Brahmin life, it's not just a question of knowing: "I am this, the Father is this", but to know means that you accept whatever you know and move along according to that.

7बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]रहे थे rahē thē rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] remain[past-perf.pl.m.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminकहलाते हैं kahlātē haĩ kahlānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] call[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisफलक phalak phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sparkle of intoxicationसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

7This is why your face and activity give the experience of this. 8BapDada was seeing that all those children who call themselves Brahmins say with intoxication that they have faith in the intellect.

8तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childसे sē sē[postp.] fromपूछते हैं pūchhtē haĩ pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , जब jab jab whenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victory, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everहार hār hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|x)क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

9Are all of you those who have faith in the intellect or are some of you not this? 10BapDada is asking all those children who have faith in the intellect: All of you speak of being those who are victorious through having faith in the intellect.

9जब jab jab whenकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

11Are you firm in this? 12So then, why is there sometimes victory and sometimes defeat? 13Do you not have faith at that time?

10जब jab jab whenनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithसदा sadā sadā constantlyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious सदा sadā sadā constantlyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])कि ki ki[conj.] thatबीच bīch bīch centre­ ­ ­ ­बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inघुटका ghuṭkā ghuṭkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xऔर aur aur andझुटका jhuṭkā jhuṭkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nodding offहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

14Because, the sign of having faith in the intellect is to be victorious. 15So, are you constantly victorious?

11निश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromमजबूत majbūt majbūt[adj.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneओर ōr ōr directionकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])ओर ōr ōr directionढीले ḍhīlē ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

16Or is it that you are sometimes victorious and sometimes there is fluctuation? 17Is there a little fluctuation? 18You are not saying yes now. 19What happens at that time?

12कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneचीज़ chīz chīz[n.f.;sg.] thingको kō kō[postp.] toमजबूत majbūt majbūt[adj.] xकिया जाता है kiyā jātā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive])तो tō tō thenचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromटाइट tight tight tightकिया जाता है kiyā jātā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive])ना nā nā ∅. . . .

20Does your faith finish at that time? 21Are you those who constantly have faith in the intellect?

13अगर agar agar ifएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसाइड side side sideभी bhī bhī[p.] tooथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalवाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenहिलेगा hilēgā hilnā[fut.m.sg.23] x[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

22Are you constantly victorious? 23Or are you choking or dosing off every now and then?

14तो tō tō thenचारों chārō̃ chārō̃ xप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , ड्रामा drama drama dramaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inऔर aur aur andब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faith. . . .

24The foundation of faith has to be strong on all four sides. 25Or, it it that sometimes, instead of all four sides being strong, one or two sides become weak?

15ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisचार chār chār[adj.] fourही hī hī[p.] onlyतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)निश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithको kō kō[postp.] toजानना jānnā jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] know[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butमानकर mānkar mānnā[abs.] x[abs.]चलना chalnā chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

26When anything is to be made strong, it is tightened from all four sides.

16अगर agar agar ifजानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butचलते chaltē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryडगमग ḍagmag ḍagmag[adj.] rockingहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

27If even one side has even a little fluctuation, would it remain strong? 28It would shake, would it not?

17जिस समय jis samay jis samay[x] xविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23], , , , तो tō tō thenचेक check check checkकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatचारों तरफ chārō̃ taraph chārō̃ taraph[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

29So, you know about all four types of faith. 30Faith in the Father, faith in the self, faith in the drama and faith in the Brahmin family.

18बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकई kaī kaī someबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , इसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownआपमें āpmē̃ āp[pn.pl.mē̃] you[.mē̃]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithचाहिए chāhiē chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] (should|x[imp.pl.2hon])उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]अन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceपड़ जाता है paṛ jātā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

31You must not just have faith in knowing all four of them, but in accepting and moving along with them. 32If even one side is known but you are not moving along according to it, then there would be fluctuation in your victory.

19जानते jāntē jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , कहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatजानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , मानते हैं māntē haĩ mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , चलन chalan chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] behaviourमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , कर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो-इसमें hō-isamē̃ x xही hī hī[p.] onlyअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceपड़ जाता है paṛ jātā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

33At the time when there is fluctuation in your victory, check which of the four sides is fluctuating. 34Many times, BapDada sees that the children have passed in having faith in the Father, but sometimes, although they know about themselves, they even say, "I am this and I am this".

20एक तरफ ēk taraph ēk taraph[x] xसोचते हैं sōchtē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iमास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान् master sarvśhaktimān master sarvśhaktimān[x] Master, the Almighty Authorityहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficialहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , दूसरे तरफ dūsrē taraph dūsrē taraph[x] xछोटी chhōṭī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] small­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)परिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notप्राप्त कर prāpt kar prāpt karnā[root] reachसकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . . 21हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenमास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान् master sarvśhaktimān master sarvśhaktimān[x] Master, the Almighty Authorityलेकिन lēkin lēkin butये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesबहुत bahut bahut veryबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterही hī hī[p.] onlyऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

35However, there is a difference in accepting and moving along according to it, in being the embodiment of all that you know and accept, and in it being in your activity and actions. 36On the one hand, you think that you are a master almighty authority, that you are a world benefactor, and on the other hand, you are not able to attain victory over a small situation.

22तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyजानना है jānnā hai jānnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] know[pres.sg.23.oblig1]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमानकर mānkar mānnā[abs.] x[abs.]चलना chalnā chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

37You are the master almighty authorities, but then you say that the situation is very big, that the circumstance is like this. 38So, is this faith?

23कहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]वा vā vā orसोचते हैं sōchtē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficialहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldको kō kō[postp.] toतो tō tō thenछोड़ो chhōṛō chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , स्व sva sva xकल्याण kalyāṇ kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] benefitमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभीकमज़ोर bhīkamazōr x xहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

39Or, is it just knowing and not accepting and moving along according to it? 40You say and think that you are the world benefactors, but, let alone the world, you are weak even in bringing benefit to the self.

24अगर agar agar ifउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeउन्हें unhē̃ vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]कहो kahō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatक्या kyā kyā whatस्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकर kar karnā[root] do[root]स्व sva sva xकल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficialनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?  ?  ?  ?

41If, at that time, you are told that, by not bringing about transformation in the self, you are not a self­transformer, then what response do you give?

25तो tō tō thenजवाब javāb javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficialलेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्व sva sva xकल्याण kalyāṇ kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] benefitबहुत bahut bahut veryमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

42You are world benefactors but you find self­transformation very difficult. 43"It is difficult to change this". 44What would you call this?

26ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterबदलना badalnā badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] change[inf.m.sg.d.]मुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  ! 27तो tō tō thenविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficialकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weak ?  ?  ?  ?

45One who brings benefit to the world (vishwa kalyankari) or one who weakens the world (vishwa kamzorkari)?

28तो tō tō thenस्व sva sva xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपरिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ (under), , , , समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ (under), , , , सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship­ ­ ­ ­सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ (under)निश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये āyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]), , , , ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyपड़ी है paṛī hai paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] fall[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

46So, in terms of the self also, according to the circumstances, according to the time, according to your connections and relations, you should be the embodiment of that faith. 47For souls who have such faith in the intellect, victory is guaranteed. 48You have the faith that you are an elevated soul. 49This is firm in everyone, is it not?

29जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , इसके iskē yah[pn.sg.kē] this[.kē]लिए liē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for)कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)वैज्ञानिक vaigyānik vaigyānik[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]हिलाने hilānē hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कोशिश kōśhiśh kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] tryकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , तो tō tō thenमानेंगे mānē̃gē mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notऔर aur aur andही hī hī[p.] onlyउसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]मनायेंगे manāyēṅgē manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

50Or, are you weak in even this lesson? 51Is it firm? 52Achcha. 53If any scientist of the world tries to make you fluctuate in the fact that you are not a soul but a body, would you believe him?

30तो tō tō thenजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , मैं आत्मा हूँ maĩ ātmā hū̃ maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] I am a soulऔर aur aur andकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)आत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryभी bhī bhī[p.] tooइतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

54Or, would you try to convince him? 55Just as you have made it firm that you are not a body but a soul, and that you have also made it firm what type of soul you are, so too, for souls who have such faith in the intellect, their victory is also guaranteed to that extent.

31हार hār hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|x)असम्भव asambhav asambhav[adj.] impossibleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

56Defeat is impossible and victory is guaranteed.

32और aur aur andये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबातें bātē̃ bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] matterभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतक tak tak untilआनी हैं ānī haĩ ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]. . . . 33लेकिन lēkin lēkin butउसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]विजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious बनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)चारों chārō̃ chārō̃ xही hī hī[p.] onlyतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

57When any type of situation comes in front of you, and it is also certain that things will come in front of you till the end, there should be a faithful intellect in all four aspects. 58The faith should be firm in all four aspects simultaneously.

34तीन tīn tīn[adj.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortसे sē sē[postp.] fromविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

59If you have faith in three and not in one, then victory is not guaranteed, but you would attain victory through having to make effort.

35निश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरनी पड़ेगी karnī paṛēgī karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2]. . . .

60Those who have guaranteed victory will not have to make any effort.

36कई kaī kaī someबार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] timeकई kaī kaī someकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatतो tō tō thenपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , हमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromही hī hī[p.] onlyसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदैवी परिवार daivī parivār daivī parivār[x] divine familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inखिटखिट khiṭkhiṭ khiṭ-khiṭ complicationहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23], , , , उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]निश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithडगमग ḍagmag ḍagmag[adj.] rockingहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyको kō kō[postp.] toछोड़ देते हैं chhōṛ dētē haĩ chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā], , , , हल्का halkā halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lightकर देते हैं kar dētē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]. . . .

61Many times, many of you say: BapDada is very good. 62It is fixed that there is Baba and there are we children, and we have a relationship with the Father alone, but that there is conflict with the divine family. 63Your faith fluctuates in this and therefore you leave the family aside. 64You become slack in that and make the relationship with the Father very strong.

37तो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसाइड side side sideढीला ḍhīlā ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

65But, one side has become slack.

38बिना binā binā withoutपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

66Do you wish to come into the rosary without the family? 67Do you wish to come into the rosary?

39माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandकब kab kab whenबनती है bantī hai bannā[pres.sg.f.23] become[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

68Do all of you wish to come? 69Achcha.

40जब jab jab whenदाना dānā dānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] beadदाने dānē dānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] beadसे sē sē[postp.] fromमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]और aur aur andएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyधागे dhāgē dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] threadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपिरोये pirōyē pirōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be threaded[past-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]होते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

70Do you wish to come into the 108 or 16,000? 71You wish to come into the 108 and there are 3,000 of you sitting here.

41अगर agar agar ifअलग alag alag[adj.] separate­ ­ ­ ­अलग alag alag[adj.] separateधागे dhāgē dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] threadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअलग alag alag[adj.] separate­ ­ ­ ­अलग alag alag[adj.] separateदाना dānā dānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] beadहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenउसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

72So, out of the 3,000, who will come into the 108? 73All of you will come! 74Then the numbers within the rosary will increase.

42तो tō tō thenपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garland. . . .

75When is a rosary created?

43अगर agar agar ifपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyको kō kō[postp.] toछोड़कर chhōṛkar chhōṛnā[abs.] renounce[abs.]तीन tīn tīn[adj.] xनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

76When a bead is close to another bead and they are threaded on the one thread. 77If they are separate beads on separate threads, would you call that a rosary?

44चलो chalō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)खिटखिट khiṭkhiṭ khiṭ-khiṭ complicationसे sē sē[postp.] fromकिनारा kinārā kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xकर लो kar lō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकिनारा kinārā kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , तो tō tō thenचलेगा chalēgā chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] continue[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

78So the family is a rosary. 79If you leave the family aside and become strong in the other three types of faith, then also, victory is not guaranteed.

45काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)तो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orभाइयों bhāiyō̃ bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] brotherसे sē sē[postp.] fromहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

80"Let me move away from the conflict of the family. 81Baba is my Support."

46बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , वर्सा varsā varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] inheritanceबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromमिलना है milnā hai milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1], , , , भाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहनों bahanō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromक्या kyā kyā whatमिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

82If you move away from the family, will this do? 83Will it not do? 84Are you concerned with the Father or the brothers?

47लेकिन lēkin lēkin butब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisन्यारापन nyārāpan nyārēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] separationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionऔर aur aur andराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23], , , , सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

85You are concerned with the Father. 86You are to receive the inheritance from the Father, what would you receive from the brothers and sisters?

48और aur aur andधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionपितायें pitāyē̃ pitā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] fatherसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]धर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionऔर aur aur andराज्य की rājya kī rājya karnā[past-part.f.] xस्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

87However, it is the uniqueness within Brahmin life that both the religion and the kingdom are established. 88It is not just a religion that is established.

49तो tō tō thenराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingक्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

89All other religious founders simply establish a religion.

50बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaतख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , ताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , क्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

90The Father's speciality is that He establishes both a religion and a kingdom. 91This is why you call it Easy Raja Yoga.

51राजधानी rājdhānī rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kingdomभी bhī bhī[p.] tooचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

92What would one king do alone in a kingdom?

52तो tō tō thenराजधानी rājdhānī rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kingdomअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyसो sō sō|sōnā[root] (x|sleep[root])राज rāj rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] xपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] family. . . .

93Even if he has a very good throne and crown, what could he do? 94A kingdom is needed.

53इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)परिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstancesमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faith, , , , तब tab tab for only thenराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdom­ ­ ­ ­भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसदा sadā sadā constantlyराज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

95A kingdom means a Brahmin family and so the ruling family. 96You have faith in the intellect in every situation within the Brahmin family and so in terms of the fortune of the kingdom also, you constantly have a right to the kingdom.

54तो tō tō thenऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatसमझना-कोई samajhanā-kōī x xबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyसे sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनती है bantī hai bannā[pres.sg.f.23] become[pres.sg.f.23], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromतो tō tō thenबनती है bantī hai bannā[pres.sg.f.23] become[pres.sg.f.23] !  !  !  !

97Do not think that it does not matter if you are not able to get along well with the family, but that you are getting on fine with the Father.

55ड्रामा drama drama dramaअगर agar agar ifभूल जाता है bhūl jātā hai bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherतो tō tō thenयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceरहता rahtā rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

98"What does it matter if you forget the drama, because you remember the Father anyway?"

56लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneकमज़ोरी kamzōrī kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] weaknessएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)होती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23], , , , स्व sva sva xस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isस्वय्निश्चय svayniścay x xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअगर agar agar ifकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआ जाती है ā jātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

99If you become weak in your own stage, that is, when you are weak in having faith in the self, when any weakness comes at any time, then, instead of your victory being guaranteed, there is fluctuation in it.

57तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)फाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationको kō kō[postp.] toचेक check check checkकर kar karnā[root] do[root]रहे थे rahē thē rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] remain[past-perf.pl.m.]. . . .

100BapDada was checking the foundation of faith.

58क्या kyā kyā whatदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

101What did He see?

59सदा sadā sadā constantlyचार chār chār[adj.] fourही hī hī[p.] onlyप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरहता rahtā rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.], , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everरहता rahtā rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.]कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everहिलता hiltā hilnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeसदा sadā sadā constantlyविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर पाते हैं kar pātē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+pānā] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+pānā]. . . .

102You are not constantly able to have all four types of faith at the same time. 103Sometimes, you have this and sometimes there is fluctuation and you are therefore not able to have the experience of constantly being victorious.

60फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)सोचते sōchtē sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-होना haĩ-hōnā x xतो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldलेकिन lēkin lēkin butपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

104Then you think: "This should have happened, and I don't know why it didn't happen. 105I made a lot of effort.

61किया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effort, , , , सोचा sōchā sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] think[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha… … … … लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसोचना sōchnā sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] think[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]इसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]अन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceपड़ जाता है paṛ jātā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

106I thought about it very carefully, but..." 107There is then a "but". 108There is difference in your thinking and in it actually happening.

62इसका iskā yah[pn.sg.kā] this[.kā]अर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चारों तरफ chārō̃ taraph chārō̃ taraph[x] everywhereमजबूत majbūt majbūt[adj.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

109This means that all four sides of faith are not strong.

63और aur aur andहंसी की hansī kī hãsnā[past-part.f..past-part+karnā] laugh out[past-part.f..past-part+karnā]बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterतो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatड्रामा drama drama dramaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकह रहे हैं kah rahē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3], , , , है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenड्रामा drama drama drama, , , , है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenड्रामा drama drama drama… … … … लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaतरह tarah tarah[n.f.;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromहिल hil hilnā[root] x[root]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

110And the amusing thing is that you say that it is the drama, "It is the drama, it is the drama", and yet, at the same time, you are also fluctuating a great deal.

64कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहिलते hiltē hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everबोल bōl bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] (speak[root]|x)तक tak tak untilभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहिल hil hilnā[root] x[root]जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedतक tak tak untilभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआ ā ānā[root] come[root]जाते jātē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

111Sometimes there is fluctuation in your thoughts, sometimes there is fluctuation in your words and sometimes there is even fluctuation in your actions.

65उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeक्या kyā kyā whatलगता lagtā lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]होगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , दृश्य dr̥iśhya dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसामने sāmnē sāmnē xलाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , ड्रामा drama drama drama­ ­ ­ ­ड्रामा drama drama dramaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकह रहे हैं kah rahē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andहिलडुल hilaḍul x xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

112What would it seem like at that time. 113Just bring this scene in front of you: you are saying that it is the drama, it is the drama and yet you are also fluctuating.

66लेकिन lēkin lēkin butनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]निश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious . . . .

114So what were you told is the sign of having faith in the intellect?

67अगर agar agar ifविधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenसिद्धि siddhi siddhi[x] successप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedन na na[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

115Guaranteed victory. 116If the method is accurate, it impossible for you not to attain success.

68तो tō tō thenजब jab jab whenभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenसमझ लो samajh lō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनिश्चय की niśhchay kī niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] have the faithकमी kamī kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

117Whenever you do not attain success in any task, then understand that you are lacking in faith. 118Check all four sides, not just one side.

69चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneओर ōr ōr directionनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 70और aur aur andबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matter, , , , निश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worryहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

119And, secondly, just as the sign of having faith in the intellect is guaranteed victory, in the same way, such souls will be carefree.

71कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulचिन्तन chintan chintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] churningआ ā ānā[root] come[root]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

120They cannot have any type of wasteful thinking.

72सिवाए sivāē sivāē exceptशुभ चिन्तन śhubh chintan śhubh chintan[x] pure and positive thoughtsके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)व्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनामय्निशान nāmayniśān x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

121Apart from having pure thoughts, there will be no type of name or trace of any wasteful thoughts.

73ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't that, , , , व्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , भगाया bhagāyā bhagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] chase away[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

122It would not be that waste thoughts came and that they had to be chased away.

74निश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulआ ā ānā[root] come[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

123No waste can come to those who have faith in the intellect.

75क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why, , , , क्या kyā kyā what, , , , और aur aur andकैसे-ये kaisē-yē x xव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

124After all, what is wasteful thinking? 125How? why? what? etc. these are the wasteful thoughts that are created.

76जब jab jab whenड्रामा drama drama dramaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)राज rāj rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] xको kō kō[postp.] toजानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , आदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.­ ­ ­ ­मध्य madhya madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] middle­ ­ ­ ­अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endको kō kō[postp.] toजानने jānnē jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] know[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatड्रामा drama drama dramaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.­ ­ ­ ­मध्य madhya madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] middle­ ­ ­ ­अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endको kō kō[postp.] toजानने jānnē jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] know[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatछोटी chhōṭī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] small­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.­ ­ ­ ­मध्य madhya madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] middle­ ­ ­ ­अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endको kō kō[postp.] toनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजान jān jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] (know[root]|x)सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] !  !  !  !

126When you know the significance of the drama, when you are those who know the beginning, the middle and the end, then can those who know the beginning, the middle and the end of the drama not know the beginning, the middle and the end of a small situation?

77न na na[neg] notजानने jānnē jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] know[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why, , , , क्या kyā kyā what, , , , कैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] how, , , , ऐसे-ये aisē-yē x xव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtचलते हैं chaltē haĩ chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

127Because of not knowing, you have the wasteful thoughts of how? why? what? etc.

78अगर agar agar ifड्रामा drama drama dramaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअटल aṭal aṭal[adj.] unshakeableनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , नॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , पॉवरफुल powerful powerful powerfulभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtहिलाने hilānē hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरख rakh rakhnā[root] keep[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

128If you have unshakeable faith in the drama, if you are knowledgeful and powerful, then would wasteful thoughts have any courage to make you fluctuate? 129Could they have this courage?

79परन्तु parantu parantu[conj.] howeverजब jab jab whenहिलते हैं hiltē haĩ hilnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसोचते हैं sōchtē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]पता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notक्या kyā kyā whatहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] !  !  !  !

130But they do have this courage, do they not? 131Then you think: I don't know what happened.

80तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaहंसते हैं hanstē haĩ hãsnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] laugh out[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatड्रामा drama drama dramaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.­ ­ ­ ­मध्य madhya madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] middle­ ­ ­ ­अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endको kō kō[postp.] toजान लिया jān liyā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] know[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā], , , , अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s own84 84 84 84जन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)को kō kō[postp.] toजान लिया jān liyā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] know[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]और aur aur andएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterको kō kō[postp.] toनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजानते jāntē jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] !  !  !  !

132Then BapDada is amused that you know the beginning, the middle and the end of the drama, that you know your eighty­four births and you do not know this one small thing.

81बड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !  !  !  !

133You are very clever!

82होशियारी hōśhiyārī hōśhiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xदिखाते हो dikhātē hō dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2] x[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रति prati prati forसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] time !  !  !  !

134From time to time, you show your cleverness.

83कल्प वृक्ष kalpa vr̥ikṣha kalpa vr̥ikṣha[x] kalpa treeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allपत्तों pattō̃ pattā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] leafको kō kō[postp.] toजानते हो jāntē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] know[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

135You know all the leaves of the tree, you know all the leaves of the kalpa tree, do you not? 136Or don't you?

84सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allवृक्ष vr̥ikṣha vr̥ikṣha[x] treeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)फाउण्डेशन foundation foundation foundationमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबैठे हो baiṭhē hō baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2]या yā yā or7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8बैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

137Are all of you sitting at the foundation of the tree? 138Or are only seven or eight of you sitting there?

85तो tō tō thenजड़ jaṛ jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛnā[root] (x|non-conscious|stud[root])में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (sit[opt.sg.23]|sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.])हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]वृक्ष vr̥ikṣha vr̥ikṣha[x] treeको kō kō[postp.] toजानते हो jāntē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] know[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

139So, do those who are sitting at the roots know the tree?

86पत्ते pattē pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] leaf­ ­ ­ ­पत्ते pattē pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] leafको kō kō[postp.] toजानते हो jāntē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] know[pres.pl.m.2]और aur aur andये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] how ?  ?  ?  ?

140How is it possible that you know every leaf and yet you do not know this?

87तो tō tō thenनिश्चय की niśhchay kī niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] have the faithनिशानियाँ niśhāniyā̃ niśhānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] signनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worryस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stage, , , , इसका iskā yah[pn.sg.kā] this[.kā]अनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

141So experience the sign of having faith which is the carefree stage. 142"Will it happen?

88होगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , क्या kyā kyā whatहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , कर kar karnā[root] do[root]तो tō tō thenरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3], , , , देखें dēkhē̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] see[opt.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā whatहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]है-इसको hai-isakō x xनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worryनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

143Will it not happen? 144What will happen. 145We are doing it, but we shall see what happens". 146Would you call this being carefree?

89और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofही hī hī[p.] onlyफरियाद phariyād phariyād[n.f.;sg.] complaintकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-आप haĩ-āp x xमददगार madadgār madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] helperहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅, , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youरक्षक rakṣhak rakṣhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] protectorहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅, , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅, , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅… … … … . . . .

147Then, when you are not able to do anything, what do you do in front of the Father? 148You complain and beg, saying: You are our Helper. 149You are our Protector.

90फरियाद phariyād phariyād[n.f.;sg.] complaintकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isअधिकार adhikār adhikār[x] rightगँवाना ganvānā ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] lose[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

150You are this, You are this. 151To beg means to lose your right.

91अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightफरियाद phariyād phariyād[n.f.;sg.] complaintनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरेंगे-ये karēṅgē-yē x xकर लो kar lō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]ना nā nā ∅, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहो जाये hō jāyē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

152Those who have all rights would never beg and say: "Do this, or let this happen".

92तो tō tō thenनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worry. . . .

153To have an intellect that has faith means to be carefree.

93तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalनिशानियाँ niśhāniyā̃ niśhānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] signअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownआपमें āpmē̃ āp[pn.pl.mē̃] you[.mē̃]चेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

154So check whether you have these practical signs in yourself.

94ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchअलबेले albēlē albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] carelessनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरह rah rahnā[root] remain[root]जाना-हम jānā-ham x xतो tō tō thenहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faith. . . .

155Do not remain careless thinking: I have faith in the intellect anyway.

95कौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xनिश्चयकमज़ोर niścayakamazōr x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andचेंज change change changeकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

156Check which faith you are weak in and then change it.

96सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyचेक check check checkनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

157Do not just check yourself.

97बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅कहा था kahā thā kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] say[past-perf.m.sg.]ना nā nā ∅चेकर checker checker xके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withमेकर maker maker xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

158BapDada had told you that together with being a checker, you are also a maker.

98सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyचेकर checker checker xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

159You are not just a checker.

99चेक check check checkकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचेंज change change changeहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

160To check means to be able to change yourself in one second.

100लेकिन lēkin lēkin butचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andचेंज change change changeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryकाल kāl kal xसे sē sē[postp.] fromस्वयं svayã svayã xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदिलशिकस्त dilśhikasta dilśhikast[adj.] disheartenedके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmहोते जायेंगे hōtē jāyēṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]और aur aur andजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबहुतकाल bahutkāl bahutkāl a long period of timeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वही vahī vahī thisअन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअवश्य avaśhya avaśhya xसामना करते रहेंगे sāmnā kartē rahē̃gē sāmnā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] face[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

161If you check yourself and do not change yourself, what would happen? 162Over a long period of time the sanskars of being disheartened would become very strong. 163And the sanskars of a long period of time will come to oppose you at the end.

101कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसोचे sōchē sōchnā[opt.sg.23]|sōchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (think[opt.sg.23]|think[past-part.m.pl.,o.])अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iसिवाए sivāē sivāē exceptबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)और कुछ aur kuchh aur kuchh[x] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसोचूँगा sōchū̃gā sōchnā[fut.m.sg.1] think[fut.m.sg.1]. . . .

164Some may think: No, I will only remember Baba and think of nothing else at the end.

102लेकिन lēkin lēkin butहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

165However, this is not possible.

103बहुतकाल bahutkāl bahutkāl a long period of timeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअभ्यास abhyās abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] practiceचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

166You need to practise over a long period of time.

104नहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेकण्ड second second secondसोचेंगे-शिवबाबा sōcēṅgē-śivabābā x xशिवबाबा śhivbābā śhivbābā Shiv Babaशिवबाबा śhivbābā śhivbābā Shiv Baba… … … … और aur aur andदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherसेकण्ड second second secondमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaकहेगी-नहीं kahēgī-nahī̃ x x, , , , तुम्हारे tumhārē tum[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , तुम tum tum[pn.pl.] youहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ही hī hī[p.] onlyकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weak, , , , तो tō tō thenयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleचलती रहेगी chaltī rahēgī chalnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] continue[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

167Otherwise, one second, you will think: Shiv Baba, Shiv Baba, Shiv Baba, and then the next second, Maya will say: No, you do not have any power, you are weak. 168Then there will be a battle taking place.

105यदि yadi yadi xनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worryनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अन्तकाल antkāl antkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] final momentsका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatलक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimवर्णन varṇan varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]और aur aur andअगर agar agar ifअन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतक tak tak untilये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenवही vahī vahī thisभूतों bhūtō̃ bhūt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] evil spiritके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K), , , , यमदूतों yamadūtō̃ x xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

169You know what the aim of Brahmin life is, of what your final moments should be like, do you not? 170Only when you are carefree will the final moments that you speak of be easy. 171Otherwise, wasteful thoughts will come to you in the form of evil spirits and demons of death.

106और कोई aur kōī aur kōī[x] someone elseयमदूत yamadūt yamadūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownकमज़ोरियाँ kamazōriyā̃ x x, , , , यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisयमदूत yamadūt yamadūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

172No other demons of death come, but these wasteful thoughts and your own weaknesses come in the form of demons of death.

107यमदूत yamadūt yamadūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xक्या kyā kyā whatकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

173What do demons of death do?

108डराते हैं ḍarātē haĩ ḍarānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

174They eat you.

109और aur aur andदूसरों dūsrō̃ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] otherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]कहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]विमान vimān vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isउड़ती uṛtī uṛnā[pres-part.f.] fly[pres-part.f.]कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeसे sē sē[postp.] fromपार pār pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] acrossहो जायेंगे hō jāyēṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

175They scare you. 176And for others you say that they will go in the flying vehicles, that is, they will go across with the flying stage.

110कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someविमान vimān vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butउड़ती uṛtī uṛnā[pres-part.f.] fly[pres-part.f.]कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

177There is no flying vehicle etc., but they have the experience of the flying stage. 178So what do you have to do?

111इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeपहले से pahlē sē pahlē sē[x] beforehandही hī hī[p.] onlyचेक check check checkकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]चेंज change change changeकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

179Will you check and change yourself in advance or will you just check yourself?

112कब kab kab whenतक tak tak untilकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

180Will you do both?

113बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyतो tō tō thenकर kar karnā[root] do[root]देते dētē dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-करेंगे haĩ-karēṅgē x x, , , , प्रतिज्ञा pratigyā pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलिख देते हैं likh dētē haĩ likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] write[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकागज kāgaj kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] paperतक tak tak untilरहती हैं rahtī haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3]या yā yā orजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeतक tak tak until ?  ?  ?  ? 114अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha- - - -आज āj āj todayमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासियों nivāsiyō̃ nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] residentका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooटर्न turn tum youहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

181When will you do this? 182You please BapDada by saying that you will do it. 183Even now, Madhuban niwasis have written a promise; so is that just on paper or is it in your practical life?

115मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoसे sē sē[postp.] fromतो tō tō thenविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

184Today, it is their turn. 185BapDada has special love for the Madhuban niwasis.

116सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासियों nivāsiyō̃ nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] residentसे sē sē[postp.] fromहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

186Baba has love for everyone, but even then, Baba has special love for the Madhuban niwasis because they are the instruments.

117फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , खातिरी khātirī ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hospitalityतो tō tō thenठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

187Look, when you come, they (Madhuban niwasis) look after you very well, do they not?

118मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoखातिरी khātirī ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hospitalityकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

188They have passed in offering hospitality to everyone, have they not?

119मेहमानय्निवाजी mēhamānaynivājī x xकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyमहानता mahāntā mahāntā[n.f.;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

189To offer hospitality to guests is their greatness.

120जिसको jiskō jō[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]मेहमानय्निवाजी mēhamānaynivājī x xकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23], , , , वोमहान vōmahān x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ही hī hī[p.] onlyजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

190Those who know how to offer hospitality to guests and look after them well automatically become great.

121सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyखाने khānē khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.])­ ­ ­ ­पीने pīnē pīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] drink[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मेहमानय्निवाजी mēhamānaynivājī x x, , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

191Not just in terms of providing food and drink, but the hospitality of love from the heart is the most elevated.

122चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)पिकनिक picnic picnic picnicकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooवरा varā varnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.]लो lō|low lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low)लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिला milā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])तो tō tō thenकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिला milā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]). . . .

192No matter how many picnics you give them, if they haven't received love from the heart, they will say that they have received nothing.

123तो tō tō thenमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसहित sahit sahit includingमेहमानय्निवाजी mēhamānaynivājī x xकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

193So, Madhuban niwasis offer hospitality with love from their heart.

124करते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनीचे nīchē nīchē down­ ­ ­ ­ऊपर ūpar ūpar overकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyकहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

194They do this, do they not? 195Or will you say, "BapDada said this" when someone creates upheaval?

125ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

196Do not do this.

126स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅, , , , कब kab kab whenतक tak tak untilस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ? 127नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

197You are the children of the Ocean of Love. 198You are not the children of an urn of love, are you?

128गागर gāgar x xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] child, , , , बेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimited. . . .

199You are the children of the Ocean. 200"Until when will we give love?

129सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sपास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्टॉक stock stock stockहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

201How long do we have to give love for..?" 202No.

130माताओं mātāō̃ mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] motherके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कुमारियों kumāriyō̃ kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kumariके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , पाण्डवों pāṇḍavō̃ pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Pandavaके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

203You are not the children of an urn, you are the children of the Ocean of Love, unlimited. 204Do all of you have a stock of love?

131सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

205Mothers have this. 206Kumaris have this.

132तो tō tō thenकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]होंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

207The Pandavs also have this. 208Do you have an ocean or only a little?

133जब jab jab whenस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereसे sē sē[postp.] fromआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

209Do you have an ocean­full? 210Achcha. 211So you do not ever get angry, do you?

134किसके kiskē kaun[pn.sg.kē] who[.kē]संस्कारों saṅskārō̃ saṅskār[x] sanskarको kō kō[postp.] toजानकर jānkar jānnā[abs.] know[abs.]सेटिस्फाय satisfy satisfy satisfyकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

212When you are the oceans of love, where does anger come from?

135चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatरांग wrong wrong xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenनॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅, , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenजानते हो jāntē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] know[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeक्या kyā kyā whatकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-इसने haĩ-isanē x xऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅, , , , इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeहमने hamnē ham[pn.pl.nē] we[.nē]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

213When you are not able to satisfy someone, though they might be wrong, you know their sanskars because you are knowledge­full are you not? 214You know what they are like, but what do you say at that time?

136रांग wrong wrong xसे sē sē[postp.] fromरांग wrong wrong xहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?  ?  ?  ?

215"This one did this and so I also did the same."

137उसने usnē vah[pn.sg.nē] that[.nē]रांग wrong wrong xकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andआपने āpnē āp[pn.pl.nē] you[.nē]उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]रेसपॉन्ड respond respond responseभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरांग wrong wrong xही hī hī[p.] onlyदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

216You did something wrong when someone else did something wrong, so what wonder did you perform?

138कई kaī kaī someकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅क्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.], , , , बार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] time­ ­ ­ ­बार bār bār[n.f.;sg.] timeकरता रहता है kartā rahtā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] do[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] !  !  !  ! 139तो tō tō thenजानते हो jāntē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] know[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजिसका jiskā jō[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]स्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] natureही hī hī[p.] onlyक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

217That one did something wrong and you gave a wrong response. 218Many say that it does not matter if someone becomes angry once, but that he becomes angry again and again! 219So, you know that that one has an angry nature; what else would he do if he did not become angry?

140उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]क्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveदेना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.]या yā yā orक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

220His task to become angry and what is your task? 221To give love or to become angry once?

141वो vō vah[pn.;d.] that10 10 10 10बारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xतो tō tō thenजवाब javāb javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

222He may become angry ten times, but you would give a response once, would you not?

142नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenवो vō vah[pn.;d.] that20 20 20 20बारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23], , , , फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)क्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

223Would you not give a response? 224Then he will become angry twenty times.

143तो tō tō thenइतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchसहनशक्ति sahanśhakti sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orउसने usnē vah[pn.sg.nē] that[.nē]10 10 10 10किया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , आपने āpnē āp[pn.pl.nē] you[.nē]आधा ādhā ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halfकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someहर्जा harjā harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

225Do you have this much power to tolerate? 226Or, does it not matter when that one becomes angry with you ten times, and you become a little angry?

144उसने usnē vah[pn.sg.nē] that[.nē]झूठ jhūṭh jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] of falsehoodबोला bōlā bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , आपने āpnē āp[pn.pl.nē] you[.nē]क्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

227If that one lied and you became angry, that is all right, is it?

145फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)बड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryबहादुरी bahādurī bahādurī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] courageसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-झूठ haĩ-jhūṭh x xबोला bōlā bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅, , , , इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerआ गया ā gayā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]. . . .

228Then you say with great courage, "Well, you lied and therefore I became angry".

146लेकिन lēkin lēkin butझूठ jhūṭh jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] of falsehoodबोलना bōlnā bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] speak[inf.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलगा lagā lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])और aur aur andक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

229However, because you did not like the other person telling a lie, you think it is good to become angry.

147तो tō tō thenस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मास्टर master master masterस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ocean. . . .

230So, you are the master oceans of love who belong to the Ocean of Love.

148मास्टर master master masterस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)नयन nayan nayan, nain[n.m.;sg.,d.] eye, , , , चैन chain chain[n.m.;sg.,d.] comfort, , , , वृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitude, , , , दृष्टि dr̥iṣhṭi dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] drishtiमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजरा jarā zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऔर कोई aur kōī aur kōī[x] someone elseभाव bhāv bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] consciousnessनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआ ā ānā[root] come[root]सकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

231The eyes, features, vision and attitude of one who is a master ocean of love cannot have any other feelings, even the slightest.

149यदि yadi yadi xथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortजोश jōśh jōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआ गया ā gayā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatउसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatलोटा lōṭā lōṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

232Would you call someone who becomes a little forceful an ocean of love? 233Or just an urn?

150चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)कुछ भी kuchh bhī kuchh bhī[x] anythingहो जाये hō jāyē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā], , , , सारी sārī sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] the wholeदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)क्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमास्टर master master masterस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सागर sāgar sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] oceanदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परवाह parvāh parvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] careनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

234No matter what happens, even if the whole world becomes angry with you, one who is a master ocean of love will not be concerned about the world. 235You are carefree emperors.

151बेपरवाह bēparvāh bēparvāh[adj.] xबादशाह bādśhāh bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] emperorहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

236You will not be concerned about anything else.

152जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatपरवाह parvāh parvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] careथी thī hōnā[past.f] be[past.f]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatपा लिया pā liyā pānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]. . . .

237You attained whatever you were concerned about.

153अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowइन in in|yah[pn.pl.o.] (in|this)व्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulबातों bātō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] matterसे sē sē[postp.] fromबेपरवाह bēparvāh bēparvāh[adj.] xबादशाह bādśhāh bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] emperor. . . .

238You attained it, did you not? 239Now, you are carefree emperors of these wasteful things.

154चेकिंग checking checking xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परवाह parvāh parvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] careकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , चेंज change change changeहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परवाह parvāh parvāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] careकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबेपरवाह bēparvāh bēparvāh[adj.] x. . . .

240Be concerned about checking yourselves, be concerned about changing yourselves, but now become carefree of the wasteful.

155कर सकते हो kar saktē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] child, , , , पोत्रा pōtrā pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] grandson, , , , धोत्रा dhōtrā dhōtrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] grandchildren, , , , धोत्री dhōtrī x x… … … … थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23], , , , थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xनीचे nīchē nīchē down­ ­ ­ ­ऊपर ūpar ūpar overकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23], , , , तो tō tō thenस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बजाय bajāy bajāē xऔर aur aur andभावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआ जायेगी ā jāyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

241Can you do this, or when you return home will there be other feelings instead of love when your children or grandchildren or great­grandchildren become a little angry or create upheaval?

156दफतर daphatar x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , बिजनेस business business businessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , नौकर naukar naukar[n.m.;sg.,d.] xऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchमिल जायेगा mil jāyēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] receive[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā], , , , वायुमण्डल vāyumaṇḍal vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] atmosphereऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchमिल जायेगा mil jāyēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] receive[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]… … … … लेकिन lēkin lēkin butव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulसे sē sē[postp.] fromबेपरवाह bēparvāh bēparvāh[adj.] xबादशाह bādśhāh bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] emperor. . . .

242When you go to work or to business, when you have such a servant, when you have such an atmosphere, you must still remain carefree emperors of the wasteful. 243Do not be carefree in terms of the powerful.

157समर्थ samarth samarth[adj.] powerfulमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबेपरवाह bēparvāh bēparvāh[adj.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

244Be a carefree emperor of the wasteful.

158कई kaī kaī someउल्टा ulṭā ulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] upside downभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउठा लेते हैं uṭhā lētē haĩ uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā], , , , जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereमर्यादा maryādā maryādā[n.f.;sg.] code of conductहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅कहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatबेपरवाह bēparvāh bēparvāh[adj.] xबादशाह bādśhāh bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] emperorबन जाओ ban jāō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā]. . . .

245Some take it wrongly when it comes to the code of conduct; they say: BapDada has said: Become a carefree emperor. 246However, do not become carefree in the code of conduct.

159लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमर्यादाओं maryādāō̃ maryādā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] code of conductमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबेपरवाह bēparvāh bēparvāh[adj.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 160आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]टाइटल title title titleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]मर्यादा maryādā maryādā[n.f.;sg.] code of conductपुरूषोत्तम purūṣhōttam purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] the most elevated humans. . . .

247What is your title? 248Those who are the most elevated beings through following the most elevated code of conduct.

161ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमर्यादायें maryādāyē̃ maryādā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] code of conductही hī hī[p.] onlyब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

249These codes of conduct are the steps of Brahmin life.

162अगर agar agar ifकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरखा rakhā rakhānā[root]|rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|keep[past-part.m.sg.d.])तो tō tō thenमंज़िल mañzil mañzil[n.f.;sg.] destinationकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howमिलेगी milēgī milnā[fut.f.sg.23] receive[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

250If you do not place your steps in the footsteps, how would you reach your destination?

163ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

251Place your steps in father Brahma's footsteps.

164तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमर्यादायें maryādāyē̃ maryādā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] code of conductही hī hī[p.] onlyकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

252These maryadas are the footsteps.

165अगर agar agar ifइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनीचे nīchē nīchē down­ ­ ­ ­ऊपर ūpar ūpar overहोते हो hōtē hō hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] be[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenमंज़िल mañzil mañzil[n.f.;sg.] destinationसे दूर sē dūr sē dūr[x] distant fromहो जाते हो hō jātē hō hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकरनी पड़ती है karnī paṛtī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2]. . . .

253If you move away from following these steps even slightly, then you become distant from your destination and you then have to make effort.

166और aur aur andबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलगती lagtī lagnā[pres-part.f.] x[pres-part.f.], , , , कहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyयोगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogiऔर aur aur andकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effort. . . .

254And BapDada does not like to see the children making effort. 255You call yourselves easy yogis and yet you labour!

167तो tō tō thenअच्छा लगता है achchhā lagtā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] enjoyक्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

256So, do you like this? 257Are all of you all right?

168अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 169 ( ( ( (बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅ड्रिल drill drill drillकराई karāī karānā[past-part.f.] make commit[past-part.f.]) ) ) ) एवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

258You are sitting in a corner and so you think that BapDada has not seen you.

170अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] now­ ­ ­ ­अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकहें kahē̃ kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] say[opt.pl.12hon3]सब sab sab[adj.] allइकट्ठेचलो ikaṭṭhēcalō x xतो tō tō thenचल पड़ेंगे chal paṛē̃gē chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+paṛnā] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+paṛnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

259At least you are sitting warmly wrapped even in the cold. 260It feels good, does it not?

171कि ki ki[conj.] thatसोचेंगे sōchē̃gē sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] think[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatफोन phone phone xकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , टेलीग्राम telegram telegram xकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weजा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

261(BapDada performed drill.)Are you ever­ready? 262If BapDada were to tell you now to go, would you go?

172टेलीफोन telephone telephone xके ऊपर kē ūpar kē ūpar[x] overलाइन line line lineनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलगेगी lagēgī lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] x[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

263Or would you think: Let me make a phone call that I am going. 264Let me send a telegram.

173आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसोचेंगे sōchē̃gē sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] think[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereगये gayē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then) ?  ?  ?  ?

265No? 266What if you do not get the line over the telephone?

174सेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulचल chal chalnā[root] continue[root]पड़ी-है paṛī-hai x xतो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसब्जेक्ट subject subject subjectमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1] ?  ?  ?  ?

267Then the people at your home will wonder where you have gone. 268But it is good. 269The soul just flies within one second. 270Or will you remember that you are weak in a particular subject?

175अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatचीजों chījō̃ chīz[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] thingको kō kō[postp.] toसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyठिकाने ṭhikānē ṭhikānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] destinationलगाकर lagākar lagānā[abs.] attach[abs.]आऊं āū̃ ānā[opt.sg.1] come[opt.sg.1] ?  ?  ?  ?

271Will you remember that you have to place all your things in their place and then go?

176सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyइतल्ला itallā x xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]आऊं āū̃ ānā[opt.sg.1] come[opt.sg.1]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weजा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

272Will you not think: Let me just inform them that I am going?

177यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसोच sōch sōchnā[root] think[root]थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortचलेगा chalēgā chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] continue[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

273Will you have a little thought to just inform them?

178नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

274No.

179सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबंधनमुक्त bandhanmukt bandhanmukt[adj.] free from bondageबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

275All of you will become free from bondage.

180अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसे sē sē[postp.] fromचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसोने sōnē sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.])का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of, , , , चांदी chāndī chāndī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] silverका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofधागा dhāgā dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] threadतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

276This is why check from now that there are still no golden or silver strings remaining.

181लोहा lōhā lōhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ironमोटा mōṭā mōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] grossहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenदिखाई देता है dikhāī dētā hai dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] be visibleलेकिन lēkin lēkin butये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसोना sōnā sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]|gold)और aur aur andचांदी chāndī chāndī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] silverआकर्षितकर ākarṣitakar x xलेता है lētā hai lēnā[pres.sg.m.23] take[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

277Iron is gross and so it is visible, but gold and silver attract you. 278To be ever­ready means you go as soon as you receive an order.

182एवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ऑर्डर order order orderहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andचल पड़ा chal paṛā chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+paṛnā] continue[past-part.m.sg.d..root+paṛnā]. . . .

279Are you free from the consciousness of "mine" to this extent?

183इतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchमेरेपन mērēpan mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromमुक्त mukt mukt[adj.] freeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ? 184सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryमेरापन mērāpan mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसुनाया sunāyā sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatदेहभान dēhbhān dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] body consciousnessके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] body­ ­ ­ ­अभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सोने sōnē sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.])­ ­ ­ ­चांदी chāndī chāndī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] silverके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)धागे dhāgē dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] threadबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

280You have already been told that, together with body consciousness, the greatest consciousness of "mine", is that there are many golden and silver strings of the arrogance of the self.

185इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeसूक्ष्म sūkṣhma sūkṣhma[adj.] subtleबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , महीन mahīn mahīn[adj.] refinedबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectसे sē sē[postp.] fromचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneअल्पकाल alpkāl alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] temporary periodका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisधागा dhāgā dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] threadबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]रोकने rōknē rōknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनेगा banēgā bannā[fut.m.sg.23] become[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 186मोटी mōṭī mōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] grossबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectसे sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसोचना sōchnā sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] think[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

281Therefore, check with a subtle intellect, not with a gross intellect thinking that nothing belongs to you, nothing belongs to you, but with a subtle and refined intellect, check that no type of temporary intoxication is a cord that becomes instrumental in holding you back.

187फॉलोकरने phôlōkaranē x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसदा sadā sadā constantlyब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toफॉलो follow follow followकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

282In terms of following, constantly follow father Brahma.

188सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allप्रति prati prati forगुणग्राहक guṇgrāhak guṇgrāhak, guṇgrāhī[adj.] one who pick up virtuesबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]अलग alag alag[adj.] separateचीज़है cīzahai x xलेकिन lēkin lēkin butफॉलो फादर follow father follow father[x] follow the Father. . . .

283To pick up virtues from everyone is a different thing, but follow the father.

189कई kaī kaī someहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहनों bahanō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xको kō kō[postp.] toफॉलो follow follow followकरने लगते हैं karnē lagtē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatफॉलोकिसको phôlōkisakō x xकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

284Many think that they have to follow their brothers and sisters, but whom are they following?

190वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatफॉलोब्रह्मा phôlōbrahmā x xबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)उनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]करते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] !  !  !  !

285They are following father Brahma, and you follow them. 286It should not be like this.

191डायरेक्ट direct direct directक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?  ?  ?  ?

287Why do you not follow Brahma Baba directly?

192सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

288All of you are Brahma Kumars, are you not?

193कि ki ki[conj.] thatफलाने phalānē phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumar, , , , फलानी phalānī phalānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xबहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] xकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumar ?  ?  ?  ?

289Or, are you such­and­such a brother Kumar or such­and­such a sister Kumar? 290It is not like this.

194यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

291So who is the father?

195फॉलो फादर follow father follow father[x] follow the Fatherगाया gāyā gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sing[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]याफॉलो yāphôlō x xब्रदर्स brothers brother brotherसिस्टर sister sister x ?  ?  ?  ?

292Brahma. 293So, is follow the father remembered or follow the brother or sister remembered?

196विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butफॉलोफादर phôlōphādar x x. . . .

294You may see their specialities, but follow the father.

197रिगार्ड regard regard regardरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butगाइड guide guide guideएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

295Have regard for them but the one Father is the Guide.

198कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] xगाइड guide guide guideनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])सकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

296No brother or sister can be the Guide. 297The Guide is only one.

199गाइड guide guide guideएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

298Only God is the Guide.

200गॉड god god xगाइड guide guide guideहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andसाकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarएग्जाम्पल example example exampleब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

299And the sakar example is father Brahma. 300So, do you follow the father or do you think that you have not even seen father Brahma?

201बस bas bas|basnā[root] (simply|x[root]). . . . 202तोफॉलो tōphôlō x xफादर father father fatherकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसोचते हो sōchtē hō sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] think[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaको kō kō[postp.] toतो tō tō thenदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , जाना jānā jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.])ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , तो tō tō thenकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howफॉलो follow follow followकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

301We have not seen father Brahma, we do not know him, so how can we follow him? 302To follow means to place your footsteps in his footsteps. 303You know this, do you not?

203जानते jāntē jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

304Or, don't you? 305Do you now know him? 306Have you not seen him?

204टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherको kō kō[postp.] toदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , भाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहनों bahanō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xको kō kō[postp.] toदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं-ऐसे nahī̃-aisē x xतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसोचते sōchtē sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?  ?  ?  ?

307You do not think that you have seen the teachers, you have seen your brothers and sisters, but that you have not seen the father, do you?

205कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबनाया banāyā banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] create[past-part.m.sg.d.]किसने kisnē kaun[pn.sg.nē] who[.nē] ?  ?  ?  ?

308Anyone may be an instrument, but who made them the instrument?

206अपने आप apnē āp apnē āp[x] by yourselfही hī hī[p.] onlyतो tō tō thenनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबने banē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

309They have not become instruments by themselves, have they?

207बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅बनाया banāyā banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] create[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

310The Father has made them the instruments.

208तो tō tō thenफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

311So what is there in­between?

209अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

312The Father.

210सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaतरह tarah tarah[n.f.;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromसेट set set setहो गये हैं hō gayē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

313Achcha. 314Are all of you settled comfortably?

211सोना sōnā sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]|gold)­ ­ ­ ­खाना khānā khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|eat[inf.m.sg.d.])ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

315Is your sleeping and eating all right?

212कि ki ki[conj.] thatबहुत bahut bahut veryदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantकोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभेज दिया है bhēj diyā hai bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

316It is not that you have been sent off to far­away corners, is it?

213भक्ति मार्ग bhakti mārg bhakti mārg[x] path of devotionमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenयात्राओं yātrāō̃ yātrā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] pilgrimageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soपैदल paidal paidal by footकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youअगर agar agar ifदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenलेने lēnē lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] take[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forबस आती है bas ātī hai basnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+ānā] x[pres.sg.f.23.root+ānā]. . . .

317On the pilgrimages of the path of bhakti, people walk so much, whereas even if you come from far away, the buses come to fetch you, do they not? 318Or do you come walking?

214आराम ārām ārām[x] comfortसे sē sē[postp.] fromआते हो ātē hō ānā[pres.pl.m.2] come[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

319You come comfortably, do you not?

215और aur aur andब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofतो tō tō thenयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकोच kōc x x­ ­ ­ ­कुर्सियाँ kursiyā̃ x xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notथी thī hōnā[past.f] be[past.f]. . . .

320And look at yourself now, in the days of Brahma Baba, there were no coaches or chairs.

216अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , कोच kōc x xऔर aur aur andकुर्सियों kursiyō̃ x xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

321Now, you have become those who have coaches and chairs.

217कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soआराम ārām ārām[x] comfortसे sē sē[postp.] fromबैठे हो baiṭhē hō baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2]. . . .

322You are sitting so comfortably.

218बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatपुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenपुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldशरीरों śharīrō̃ śharīr[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] bodyको kō kō[postp.] toसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

323Why? 324BapDada knows that your bodies have become old and so the old bodies also need the facilities.

219लेकिन lēkin lēkin butऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchअभ्यास abhyās abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] practiceजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenसाधना sādhnā sādhnā[n.f.;sg.] spiritual endeavourमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inविघ्न vighna vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] obstacleनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notपड़ना चाहिये paṛnā chāhiyē paṛnā[.oblig3] fall[.oblig3]. . . .

325However, you now definitely have to have such a practice that whenever you do not have any facilities, it would not create an obstacle in your spiritual endeavour.

220जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatमिला milā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

326Whatever you get is good.

221अगर agar agar ifकुर्सा kursā x xमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , धरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)मिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

327If you get a chair, that is good and if you get the floor, that is also good.

222सब sab sab[adj.] allआराम ārām ārām[x] comfortसे sē sē[postp.] fromरहे rahē rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23])हुए हो huē hō hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] be[pres-perf.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatखटिया khaṭiyā khaṭiyā[n.f.;sg.] xचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should ?  ?  ?  ?

328Are all of you living comfortably? 329Or does anyone have any difficulty?

223घरों gharō̃ ghar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] homeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenखटिया khaṭiyā khaṭiyā[n.f.;sg.] xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सोते हो sōtē hō sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] sleep[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅, , , , यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooखटिया khaṭiyā khaṭiyā[n.f.;sg.] xमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] !  !  !  !

330The Pandavs are courageous. 331Are the mothers all right? 332Or do you need your bed? 333At home, you sleep on your bed.

224चेंज change change changeचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldना nā nā ∅. . . .

334If you get beds here also, then what does it matter?

225चेंज change change changeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soखर्चा kharchā kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] expenditureकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]जाते हैं jātē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

335People need change. 336They spend so much just to get some change.

226वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereखटिया khaṭiyā khaṭiyā[n.f.;sg.] xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सोते हो sōtē hō sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] sleep[pres.pl.m.2], , , , यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereपट paṭ paṭ[adj.] xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सोते हो sōtē hō sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] sleep[pres.pl.m.2], , , , चेंज change change changeहो गई hō gaī hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] be[past-part.f..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

337There, you sleep on beds and here you sleep on the floor and so that is a change, is it not?

227ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenसुना दिया sunā diyā sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] (listen[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|speak[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā])कि ki ki[conj.] thatजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesबढ़ायेंगे baṛhāyēṅgē baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3]उतनी utnī utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xसंख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xडबल double double double, , , , ट्रिबल triple triple tripleबढ़ेगी baṛhēgī baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] grow[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

338You have already been told that however much you increase the facilities, the numbers will double or triple themselves.

228तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenचलना chalnā chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

339This will continue all the time.

229अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarबना रहे हैं banā rahē haĩ banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] create[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarछोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smallहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]. . . .

340At present, you are constructing Gyan Sarovar and then, next year, you will say that it has become small.

230ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

341It has to become small.

231क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceको kō kō[postp.] toसमाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finishedभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]या yā yā orचलते chaltē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना है rahnā hai rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

342You also have to complete the service or do you just wish to continue?

232सम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]समाप्त करना है samāpt karnā hai samāpt karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x. . . .

343You have to complete it and finish it.

233तो tō tō thenसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullतब tab tab for only thenहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]जब jab jab whenकम से कम kam sē kam kam sē kam[x] at least9 9 9 9लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

344It will be completed when a rosary of at least 900,000 is created.

234अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

345Achcha.

235पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjab, , , , हरियाणा hariyāṇā hariyāṇā x, , , , हिमाचल himācal x x­ ­ ­ ­अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

346Punjab, Hariyana and Himachal: Achcha, how much of the rosary will you prepare? 347How much of the rosary will you prepare?

236लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000, , , , दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]), , , , तीन tīn tīn[adj.] x, , , , कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] so ?  ?  ?  ?

348Yes, speak! 349Do not remain quiet.

237 ( ( ( (4 4 4 4लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000) ) ) ) 4 4 4 4लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000लायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

350How much of the rosary will you bring?

238फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)तो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , और aur aur andजोन zone zone zoneमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमनाये manāyē manānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[past-part.m.pl.,o.]और aur aur andपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandबनाये banāyē banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

351One hundred thousand, two hundred thousand or three hundred thousand? 352(Four hundred thousand).

239अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , ऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xजोन zone zone zoneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] now50 50 50 50हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000तक tak tak untilपहुँचा हो pahuñchā hō pahuñchnā[x] reach[x] ?  ?  ?  ?

353Then it is good. 354All the other zones will enjoy themselves and Punjab will create the rosary.

240कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneजोन zone zone zoneमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in50 50 50 50हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

355Achcha, which zone has already prepared 50,000 Brahmins?

241तो tō tō thenकम से कम kam sē kam kam sē kam[x] at leastहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)जोन zone zone zone50 50 50 50हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000तो tō tō thenबनाये banāyē banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

356Not a single zone has 50,000 yet. 357How many are there in Maharashtra?

242पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)संख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

358Even if there are 35 to 40 thousand, you still have to prepare 10,000 more.

243 ( ( ( (12 12 12 12हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000) ) ) ) अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , 4 4 4 4लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofलक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimरखा है rakhā hai rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

359So, each zone should prepare at least 50,000. How many are there in Punjab? 360(12,000).

244पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjab, , , , हरियाणा hariyāṇā hariyāṇā x, , , , हिमाचल himācal x xऔर aur aur andजम्मू jammū x xकश्मीर kaśhmīr kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] Kashmir4 4 4 4तो tō tō thenहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , तो tō tō thenचार chār chār[adj.] fourएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneलाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000बनाये banāyē banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 245लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकब kab kab whenतक tak tak untilबनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ? 246सतयुग satyug satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] golden ageके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.तक tak tak untilया yā yā orअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] now ?  ?  ?  ?

361So, Punjab has not yet even reached 50,000. It is good that you have kept the aim of reaching four hundred thousand. 362So there are four: Punjab, Hariyana, Himachal and Jammu Kashmir and so it is nothing difficult if each one prepares one hundred thousand.

247पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसमीपता samīpatā samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] closenessको kō kō[postp.] toसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

363But when will you prepare them? 364By the beginning of the golden age or now?

248सम्पूर्णता sampūrṇtā sampūrṇtā[n.f.;sg.] perfectionसमीपता samīpatā samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] closenessका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआधार ādhār ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] basisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

365Those from Punjab will bring closeness very close.

249तो tō tō thenपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]स्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toसम्पूर्ण sampūrṇ sampūrṇ[adj.] completeबनाये banāyē banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]अन्तिम antim antim[adj.] finalसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeको kō kō[postp.] toसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

366Perfection is the basis of closeness. 367The speciality of Punjab is to make themselves complete and to bring the final time close.

250हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

368Do you have this courage?

251जितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreस्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullबनाते जायेंगे banātē jāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xसम्पूर्णता sampūrṇtā sampūrṇtā[n.f.;sg.] perfectionऔर aur aur andसमीपता samīpatā samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] closenessनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xआ जायेगी ā jāyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] come[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

369Those from Punjab, raise your hands. 370The more complete you make yourselves, the closer perfection and closeness will come to you.

252तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoऔर aur aur andसदा sadā sadā constantlyसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeको kō kō[postp.] toसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

371So, you are those who constantly remain close and those who bring the time close. 372Achcha.

253देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryतो tō tō thenप्राप्त कर ली prāpt kar lī prāpt karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] reach, , , , वायुमण्डल vāyumaṇḍal vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] atmosphereको kō kō[postp.] toपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकर लिया kar liyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]. . . .

373Teachers speak: Ha ji or na ji?Look, those from Punjab have attained victory in one thing. 374You have transformed the atmosphere.

254आतंकवादियों ātaṅkavādiyō̃ x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवायुमण्डल vāyumaṇḍal vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] atmosphereतो tō tō thenबदला badalā|badlā badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|badlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|badlānā[root] (change[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x|x[root])अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअंत ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooइतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchबहादुर bahādur bahādur[adj.] xबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

375The atmosphere of the terrorists has now changed. 376Therefore, now become just as courageous in bringing about the end.

255पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabमाना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])बहादुर bahādur bahādur[adj.] x. . . . 256शरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] too, , , , आत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] too. . . .

377All those from Punjab, whether new or old, are all good.

257तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisयाद रखना yād rakhnā yād rakhnā[x] rememberकि-सम्पूर्णता ki-sampūrṇatā x xद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughसमाप्ति के समय samāpti kē samay samāpti kē samay[x] time of completionको kō kō[postp.] toसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , समीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

378Punjab means courageous; in terms of the body and also in terms of the soul. 379So what will you remember? 380Those who bring the time of completion close through your perfection. 381Constantly remain this.

258जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबाप समान bāp samān bāp samān[x] equal to the Fatherहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatही hī hī[p.] onlyसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

382You are the elevated souls who remain close. 383Who can remain close?

259तो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

384Those who are like the Father can remain close to the Father.

260इसी isī yah[pn.sg.hī] this[.hī]स्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समर्थीसे samarthīsē x xसदा sadā sadā constantlyआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ते baṛhtē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]चलो chalō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

385So you are the souls who remain close in this way. 386With the power of this awareness, constantly continue to move forward.

261समझा samjhā samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?  ?  ?  ?

387Achcha.

262अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  ! 263बाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombay, , , , नागपुर nāgapur x x, , , , पूना pūnā pūnā x, , , , जलगांव jalagā̃v x x ( ( ( (महाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtra) ) ) ) - - - -महाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

388Bombay, Nagpur, Poona (Maharashtra):How much of the rosary will Maharashtra prepare? 389Those from Punjab will prepare four hundred thousand, and this is firm, so do not forget it. 390What will Maharashtra do?

264 ( ( ( (5 5 5 5लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000) ) ) ) महाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayको kō kō[postp.] toनरदेसावर naradēsāvar x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटाइटल title title titleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyपैसे paisē paisā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] moneyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inथोड़ेही thōṛēhī thōṛēhī notनरदेसावर naradēsāvar x xहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मणके maṇakē maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनरदेसावर naradēsāvar x x. . . .

391Five hundred thousand. 392It is good. 393Bombay is also included in Maharashtra and Bombay has already received the title of being "Nar Desavar" (those who are constantly overflowing); so you will not be Nar Desavar only in terms of money, you are Nar Desavar also in terms of preparing the beads of the rosary. 394Is this OK?

265तो tō tō thenमहाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraपांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveलाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000बनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

395You will prepare 500,000! 396No one should then think that the 900,000 are already prepared.

266कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someख्याल khyāl khyāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] that9 9 9 9लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000तो tō tō thenपूरे pūrē pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fullहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !  !  !  !

397You will bring 400,000 and Maharashtra will bring 500,000.Then there will also be a selection, will there not?

267पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoचार chār chār[adj.] fourलाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000लायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andमहाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraपांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveलाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000लायेगा lāyēgā lānā[fut.m.sg.23] x[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 268फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)छांट chhāṇṭ chhāṇṭnā[root] select[root]छूट chhūṭ chhūṭnā[root] let go[root]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooतो tō tō thenहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

398Some will be the subjects of the silver age and some will be the objects of the golden age and therefore, you may create 500,000. And Punjab should remember their 400,000. So the greatness of Maharashtra is to constantly be victorious.

269कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someत्रेता trētā trētā[n.f.;sg.] silver ageकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसतयुग satyug satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] golden ageकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)होगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23], , , , इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeइतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchभले bhalē bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] benefitबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

399The greatness is in the victory. 400So you are constantly the victorious souls who constantly have a stage that is free from obstacles.

270महाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)महानता mahāntā mahāntā[n.f.;sg.] xअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious . . . .

401Just as victory is guaranteed, so too, you are the victorious souls who have faith in the intellect.

271महानता mahāntā mahāntā[n.f.;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in. . . .

402Are those from Maharashtra like this?

272तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyनिर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughसदा sadā sadā constantlyविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious आत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul. . . . 273विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious . . . .

403Or, are you simply saying Han ji whilst you are here and then, when you return home, you will write letters: "What can I do? 404How can I do this?"

274क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenऔर aur aur andकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoबनेगा banēgā bannā[fut.m.sg.23] become[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

405No, you are victorious. 406Because if you don't become victorious, who else would?

275बनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

407You have to become this.

276तो tō tō thenमहाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraप्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमहानबनायेंगे mahānabanāyēṅgē x x. . . .

408Is this firm? 409Or is it extra firm for those from Maharashtra?

277छोटी chhōṭī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] small­ ­ ­ ­मोटी mōṭī mōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] grossनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . . 278और aur aur andपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabबहादुर bahādur bahādur[adj.] xबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , कमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

410The stronger you become in this, the stronger the subjects you prepare will be. 411Otherwise, the subjects will be weak.

279कर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnataka- - - -अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandबनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

412So it is good that Maharashtra will prepare great subjects. 413Do not just make ordinary subjects.

280 ( ( ( (दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])लाख lākh lākh[x] 100,000) ) ) ) अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजादू jādū jādū[n.m.;sg.,d.] magicबहुत bahut bahut veryजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

414And, those from Punjab, create courageous subjects, not weak ones. 415Karnataka: Those from Karnataka are in a hurry.

281ज्ञान gyān gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeसमझे samajhē samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसमझे samajhē samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनम्बरवन number one number one number one. . . .

416Maybe they want to prepare the rosary and so they are thinking that the rosary should not be completed before them.

282भाषा bhāṣhā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] languageके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseज्ञान gyān gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeसमझेंगे samajhē̃gē samajhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] understand[fut.m.pl.12hon3]आधा ādhā ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] half, , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनम्बरवन number one number one number one. . . .

417Achcha, those from Karnataka speak: how much of the rosary will you prepare? 418(200,000).

283देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसेन्टर centre centre centreबहुत bahut bahut veryखोलते जाते हैं khōltē jātē haĩ khōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] open[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā], , , , सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyएडीशन addition addition additionये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनिर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesप्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबनानी है banānī hai banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] create[pres.sg.23.oblig1]और aur aur andनिर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesराजधानी rājdhānī rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kingdomबनानी है banānī hai banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] create[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

419Achcha, just as you were quick in giving your name, so too, prepare the rosary quickly. 420It is good. 421Those from Karnataka are very quickly spell­bound with the magic of love. 422Whether they understand the knowledge or not, they are number one in love.

284तो tō tō thenकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toक्या kyā kyā whatयाद रखना yād rakhnā yād rakhnā[x] rememberहै-निर्विघ्न hai-nirvighna x xराज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterऔर aur aur andनिर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

423Because of their language, they would only understand half the knowledge, but they are number one in love. 424Is it like this? 425You are number one in love. 426The sign of love is that many centre are being opened.

285वृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyबैलेन्स balance balance balanceरखना-जितना rakhanā-jitanā x xस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveउतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyनिर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stage. . . .

427Now, simply make the addition that you have to create subjects who are free from obstacles and a kingdom that is free from obstacles. 428So, what do those from Karnataka have to remember?

286दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बैलेन्स balance balance balanceसे sē sē[postp.] fromसदा sadā sadā constantlyस्वतः svataḥ svataḥ automaticallyही hī hī[p.] onlyकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toब्लैसिंग blessing blessing blessingमिलती रहेगी miltī rahēgī milnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] receive[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

429You are those who have a right to the kingdom that is free from obstacles and you have to create companions who are free from obstacles. 430You are very good in your expansion.

287तो tō tō thenकर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoअण्डर aṇḍar x x­ ­ ­ ­लाइन line line lineकरना-निर्विघ्न karanā-nirvighna x xवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growth. . . .

431So what will you remember? 432That you are the loving souls who are free from obstacles.

288अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

433Simply maintain a balance.

289गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujarat- - - -गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratके ऊपर kē ūpar kē ūpar[x] overबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of, , , , दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअधिकार adhikār adhikār[x] rightबहुत bahut bahut veryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

434You become free from obstacles, but your stage should be free from obstacles to the same extent that you have love.

290कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)पड़ता है paṛtā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] fall[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)अधिकार adhikār adhikār[x] rightरखते हैं rakhtē haĩ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

435Those from Karnataka will constantly continue to receive blessings by keeping a balance of both these.

291तो tō tō thenगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityक्या kyā kyā whatहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

436Did those from Karnataka understand? 437Have you underlined this?

292सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a right. . . .

438Let your expansion be free from obstacles. 439Achcha.

293जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenअधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ही hī hī[p.] only. . . .

440Gujarat:BapDada and the Dadis have many rights over Gujarat. 441You have this, do you not?

294देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes, , , , हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inक्या kyā kyā whatहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

442Whenever any task is to be performed, whom do you claim a right over? 443You consider it your right over Gujarat.

295जी jī jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.])हजूर hajūr hajūr Lord, , , , जी jī jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.])हजूर hajūr hajūr Lord. . . .

444So what is the speciality of Gujarat?

296तो tō tō thenसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनम्बरवन number one number one number oneहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseड्रामानुसार ḍrāmānusār ḍrāmānusār xनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमिला milā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

445To have a right in service also. 446Those who have a right over service will of course have a right to the kingdom.

297अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअगर agar agar ifगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratको kō kō[postp.] toकहें kahē̃ kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] say[opt.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allभले bhalē bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] benefitएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबस bas bas|basnā[root] (simply|x[root])तैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]पहुँच जायें pahũch jāyē̃ pahuñchnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] reach[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soबसें basē̃ basnā[opt.pl.12hon3] x[opt.pl.12hon3]आयेंगी āyēṅgī ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

447You say Ha ji, ha ji in service, and so what will you have in the kingdom? 448"Yes, my Lord Yes, my Lord". 449Is the number of Gujarat less than that of Maharashtra?

298बहुत bahut bahut veryआ जायेंगी ā jāyēṅgī ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] come[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

450It is a little less.

299तो tō tō thenएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyसंख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xतो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

451Now, do not let it be any less.

300महाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , दूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toबुलाओ bulāō bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

452In fact you are number one in giving co­ operation, because according to the drama, you have received the fortune of being close.

301लेकिन lēkin lēkin butगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratको kō kō[postp.] toतो tō tō thenभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

453Now, if Gujarat is told to prepare a bus from each centre, how many buses would come?

302और aur aur andसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजिम्मेदारी jimmēdārī x xउठाने uṭhānē uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achcha­ ­ ­ ­अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . . 303पूछ pūchh pūchhnā[root] ask[root]­ ­ ­ ­पूछ pūchh pūchhnā[root] ask[root]करने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

454Many would come, would they not? 455So you are ever­ready, are you not? 456If you call those from Maharashtra who are faraway; they will come with great difficulty.

304जिम्मेदारी jimmēdārī x xउठाने uṭhānē uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

457Because of being far away, they find it difficult.

305तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooड्रामा drama drama dramaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xस्वतः svataḥ svataḥ automaticallyही hī hī[p.] onlyप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatरेडी ready ready readyहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , जितनों jitnō̃ jitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] the moreको kō kō[postp.] toऑर्डर order order orderकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]आ जाते हैं ā jātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

458However, Gujarat has the fortune and they are also very good in taking responsibility for service. 459They are not those who constantly ask questions. 460They are good in taking up any responsibility.

306 ( ( ( (दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiसे sē sē[postp.] from) ) ) ) अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairके लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worryहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅. . . .

461So this is also the fortune you have automatically received within the drama.

307क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratने nē nē[postp.] ∅जिम्मेदारी jimmēdārī x xउठाई uṭhāī uṭhānā[past-part.f.] uplift[past-part.f.]. . . .

462Those who are ready, however many a reordered, will all come.

308तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजिम्मेदारी jimmēdārī x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownपहनने pahannē pahannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toदेखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

463(Speaking to Dadiji): Look, you are now carefree about the mela, are you not? 464Because Gujarat has taken the responsibility.

309भोपाल bhōpāl bhōpāl Bhopal- - - -भोपाल bhōpāl bhōpāl Bhopalकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)संख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

465So BapDada is also happy; He is happy to see the children who wear the crown of responsibility.

310 ( ( ( (5 5 5 5हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000) ) ) ) बहुत bahut bahut veryथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

466Bhopal:How many are there in Bhopal?

311तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

467(5,000). 468Is that all?

312पांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveहजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000के आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबिन्दी bindī bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pointलगायेंगे lagāyēṅgē lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

469Only 5,000! 470It is very little. 471What are you thinking?

313अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaप्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

472Those from Bhopal, raise your hands. 473What will you do?

314अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyविधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthको kō kō[postp.] toप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul. . . .

474Simply add a point (zero) infront of 5,000. Will you do this? 475You will bring a good number of subjects, will you not?

315जल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthको kō kō[postp.] toप्राप्त करेंगे prāpt karē̃gē prāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] reachना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

476It is good. 477You are the elevated souls who constantly attain expansion by adopting the right method.

316फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

478You will expand very quickly, will you not? 479Say yes or no.

317अगर agar agar ifदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])­ ­ ­ ­चार chār chār[adj.] fourमाइक mike mike mikeतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकर लो kar lō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]तो tō tō thenबिन्दी bindī bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pointलगना lagnā lagnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]और aur aur andचांस chance chance chanceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

480You are giving a very weak response. 481No, you still have good means of service. 482If you prepare two to four "mikes", it would not be difficult to add the zeros.

318देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]सेन्ट्रल sēnṭral x xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andस्टेट state state xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship­ ­ ­ ­सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyआ सकते हैं ā saktē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeमाइक mike mike mikeतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

483You also have a chance. 484Look at the "mikes" in the States and the "mikes" in the Central Government, those from the Central Government give time with great difficulty whereas those from the States come easily.

319तो tō tō thenमाइक mike mike mikeतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromउनके unkē vah[pn.pl.kē] that[.kē]पीछे pīchhē pīchhē xअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyआ जाती हैं ā jātī haĩ ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

485They can come into contact and connection. 486And those from the Central Government take time in looking after their seat.

320एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseसे sē sē[postp.] fromअनेकों anēkō̃ anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] manyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकल्याण kalyāṇ kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] benefitहो सकता है hō saktā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]. . . .

487This is why you must now prepare "mikes". 488By your preparing the "mikes", many souls will easily come.

321उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] loving, , , , सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xसम्बन्धी sambandhī sambandhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] relativeबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

489Many can benefit through the sound from one. o not just make them into loving souls, do not just make them into those who are in your connection, but bring them into close relationship. 490So, what will those from Bhopal do?

322तो tō tō thenभोपाल bhōpāl bhōpāl Bhopalवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoमाइक mike mike mikeतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]लायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

491Whom will you bring? 492Will you prepare the "mikes" and bring them, or are they already ready?

323कि ki ki[conj.] thatहुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyपड़े हैं paṛē haĩ paṛnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] fall[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

493You can bring them, there is a good margin for this.

324ला सकते हो lā saktē hō lānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] x[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā], , , , मार्जिन margin margin xअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

494You have a relationship with them, but let your relationship be even closer.

325सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortऔर aur aur andसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

495So you are those who constantly expand with the elevated method. 496Do you understand what your speciality is?

326तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedविधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthको kō kō[postp.] toप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

497You are those who expand easily. 498Mothers from Bhopal, raise your hands. 499You mothers have courage, do you not?

327समझा samjhā samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]), , , , क्या kyā kyā whatविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

500Say yes or no. 501You have become introverted.

328सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

502You have begun to think who to bring from now.

329अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

503Achcha.

330राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān x- - - -राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआबू ābū ābū Abuवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअलग alag alag[adj.] separateहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

504Rajasthan:Are those from Abu included in Rajasthan or are they separate? 505You are central and that is a centre.

331ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसेन्ट्रल sēnṭral x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसेन्टर centre centre centreहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

506You are clever. 507You do not wish to be mixed with them (Rajasthan).

332मुख्य mukhya mukhya[adj.] mainकेन्द्र kēndra kēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] centreराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key). . . .

508It is good. 509Those from Rajasthan have performed a wonder that the main centre is in Rajasthan.

333लाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseतो tō tō thenराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

510The main centre is in Rajasthan. 511This is a wonder of Rajasthan.

334अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसेन्ट्रल sēnṭral x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]लाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseऔर aur aur andसेन्टर्स centres centre centreपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)क्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

512So, the lighthouse is in Rajasthan, is it not? 513Now the lighthouse is in the central place. 514And what is there at the centres?

335लाइट light light lightहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orलाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

515Is there just the light or are there the might­houses?

336जयपुर jaypur jaypur xलाइट light light lightहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orलाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

516Those from Rajasthan, speak: Is there just the light or the might­houses?

337कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soजगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xलाइट light light lightदिया है diyā hai dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

517Achcha. 518Which cities have come from Rajasthan?

338लाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)क्या kyā kyā whatहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

519(Jaipur) Those from Jaipur, raise your hands.

339चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereलाइट light light lightदेना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.]या yā yā orसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyआस ās ās-pās x­ ­ ­ ­पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)लाइट light light lightदेना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

520Does Jaipur simply have light or is it a lighthouse? 521Speak. 522What are you? 523You are a lighthouse.

340चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereलाइट light light lightदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

524How many places have you given light to? 525What is the task of a lighthouse?

341तो tō tō thenराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xको kō kō[postp.] toचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाइट light light lightदेना है dēnā hai dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] give[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

526To give light in all four directions or only to those close by? 527You give light in all four directions, do you not?

342जगाया jagāyā jagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] awaken[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जयपुर jaypur jaypur x, , , , जोधपुर jōdhpur jōdhpur[n.m.;sg.,d.] Jodhpur, , , , उदयपुर udayapur x x… … … … आदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजगाया jagāyā jagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] awaken[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowलाइट light light lightसे sē sē[postp.] fromलाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

528So, Rajasthan has to give light in all four directions of Rajasthan. 529You have awakened them, you have awakened them in Jaipur, you have awakened Jodhpur, you have also awakened Udaipur.

343राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneभी bhī bhī[p.] tooएरिया area area xखुश्क khuśka x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरह जाये rah jāyē rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

530However, you now have to create lighthouses from just being light.

344राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xको kō kō[postp.] toवैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]बड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryखुश्क khuśka x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostहरा harā harānā[root]|harnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|harā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (x[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|green)­ ­ ­ ­भरा bharā bharānā[root]|bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|fill[past-part.m.sg.d.])राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān x. . . .

531Not a single area should remain dry. 532Rajasthan is said to be the driest place (in India) but in Brahmin life, Rajasthan has the most greenery.

345जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरेत rēt rēt[n.f.;sg.] sandहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenरेत rēt rēt[n.f.;sg.] sandके बजाए kē bajāē kē bajāē[x] instead ofसोने sōnē sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)महल mahal mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] palaceहो जायेंगे hō jāyēṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

533People say that there is only sand in Rajasthan, and so instead of the sand, let them become palaces of gold.

346होना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

534They will become this.

347तो tō tō thenरेती rētī rētī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sandको kō kō[postp.] toसोना sōnā sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]|gold)बनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

535So now, change the sand into gold. 536What will Rajasthan do?

348राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xक्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

537Will you prepare palaces of gold?

349सोने sōnē sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.])जैसी jaisī jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] likeआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andसोने sōnē sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)महल mahal mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] palaceतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

538You will prepare souls like gold and palaces of gold. 539Look, the capital will be in Delhi and so Rajasthan is so close.

350देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , देहली dēhlī dēhlī Delhiमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inराजधानी rājdhānī rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kingdomबनेगी banēgī bannā[fut.f.sg.23] become[fut.f.sg.23]तो tō tō thenराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

540So the palaces will be built there also, will they not? 541Will everyone come in Delhi or will they also live close by?

351तो tō tō thenवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

542So what will Rajasthan do?

352तो tō tō thenराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xमिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudको kō kō[postp.] toसोना sōnā sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]|gold)बनायेगा banāyēgā banānā[fut.m.sg.23] create[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

543You will change the dust into gold. 544You have this much enthusiasm, do you not?

353इतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 354राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xको kō kō[postp.] toपरिस्तान paristān paristān[n.m.;sg.,d.] land of angelsबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

545Rajasthan means those who change Rajasthan into Paristhan (the land of angels.)

355चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereपरिस्तान paristān paristān[n.m.;sg.,d.] land of angelsकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)खुशबू khuśhbū khuśhbū[n.f.;sg.] fragranceदिखाई दे dikhāī dē dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] be visible. . . .

546The fragrance of Paristhan should be visible in all four directions.

356संख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबढ़ाओ baṛhāō baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andसंख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withमाइक mike mike mikeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

547Increase the numbers and together with the numbers, prepare such souls.

357हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneस्टेट state state xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyमाइक mike mike mikeनिकाल सकते हैं nikāl saktē haĩ nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]. . . .

548You have already been told that each state can bring a "mike" easily.

358चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)छोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smallमाइक mike mike mikeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)बड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , चलो chalō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]बड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryनहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseछोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smallही hī hī[p.] onlyसही sahī sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x. . . .

549Whether he is a small "mike" or a big one, if not a big "mike" then even a small "mike" is all right.

359देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)माइक mike mike mikeने nē nē[postp.] ∅कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xतो tō tō thenकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

550Look, the small "mike" of Rajasthan performed wonders, did he not?

360आज āj āj todayज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमाइक mike mike mikeने nē nē[postp.] ∅ही hī hī[p.] onlyकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)किया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

551Today, it is the "mike" who carried out the work for Gyan Sarovar.

361तो tō tō thenहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)स्टेट state state xको kō kō[postp.] toमहाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtra, , , , कर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnataka… … … … जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allस्टेट state state xको kō kō[postp.] toमाइक mike mike mikeतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरने चाहिये karnē chāhiyē karnā[.oblig3] do[.oblig3]. . . .

552So, each state, Maharashtra, Karnataka or whichever state, each state has to prepare a "mike".

362और aur aur andएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneस्टेट state state xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)माइक mike mike mikeअगर agar agar ifसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allमिल जायेंगे mil jāyēṅgē milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringबन जायेगा ban jāyēgā bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]और aur aur andसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyफैलेगा phailēgā phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] spread[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

553And if all the "mikes" from all the states come together, a gathering will be created. 554And the sound from a gathering will spread very easily.

363तो tō tō thenराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandभी bhī bhī[p.] tooतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andमाइक mike mike mikeभी bhī bhī[p.] too. . . .

555So will Rajasthan prepare the rosary or the "mikes"? 556What will you do?

364अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

557You have to prepare both.

365आगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agra- - - -आगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agraवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

558A rosary and also the "mikes". 559Achcha.

366जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeआगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agraमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of, , , , इंटों iṇṭō̃ x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofताजमहलआकर्षित tājamahalaākarṣit x xकरता है kartā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23] do[pres.sg.m.23]वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xआगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agraमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisप्रसिद्ध prasiddh prasiddh[adj.] xहो जाये hō jāyē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereताजमहल tājmahal tājmahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] Taj Mahalतो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crownedभी bhī bhī[p.] tooगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoवेश vēśh vēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

560Agra: What will those from Agra do? 561Now, create such a place, so that just as the Taj Mahal of cement and bricks attracts everyone, in the same way, it should be well known that the Taj Mahal is here, but also those wearing the crown are also here in an incognito form.

367सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyताजमहल tājmahal tājmahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] Taj Mahalदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयें āyē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crownedकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहैं-वो haĩ-vō x xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]आयें āyē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

562So they should not just come to seethe Taj Mahal, but they should also come to see those who are wearing the crown.

368आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]ढूंढे ḍhūṇḍhē x xकि ki ki[conj.] thatकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

563They should come to look for you.

369इतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crownedआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आकर्षण ākarṣhaṇ ākarṣhaṇ[x] attractionहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

564Let there be such an attraction of the souls who are wearing the crown.

370उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toवायब्रेशन vibration vibration vibrationsआये āyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23])कि ki ki[conj.] thatयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoहुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]वेश vēśh vēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

565They should receive the vibrations that some elevated souls are hidden in an incognito form.

371जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeद्वापर dvāpar dvāpar copper ageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatऋषि r̥iṣhi r̥iṣhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rishi­ ­ ­ ­मुनि muni muni[n.m.;sg.,d.] muniसतोप्रधान satōpradhān satōpradhān[adj.] satopradhanस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inथे thē hōnā[past.pl] be[past.pl]तो tō tō thenदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantसे sē sē[postp.] fromही hī hī[p.] onlyप्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xपड़ता था paṛtā thā paṛnā[hab-past.m.sg.] fall[hab-past.m.sg.]ना nā nā ∅, , , , ढूँढ ḍhūṇḍh ḍhūṇḍhnā[root] discover[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toपहुँचाते थे pahuñchātē thē pahuñchānā[hab-past.pl.m.] cause to reach[hab-past.pl.m.]. . . .

566It should be just as when the rishis and munis were in their satopradhan stage in the copper age and were able to spread their influence into the distance. 567People would search for them and provide for their livelihood.

372वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatखुद khud khud oneselfतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबुलाते थे bulātē thē bulānā[hab-past.pl.m.] call[hab-past.pl.m.]. . . .

568The rishis and munis themselves did not call anyone.

373तो tō tō thenजब jab jab whenऋषि r̥iṣhi r̥iṣhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rishi­ ­ ­ ­मुनि muni muni[n.m.;sg.,d.] muniआत्मिक ātmik ātmik[adj.] soul-consciousज्ञान gyān gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeवालेआकर्षित vālēākarṣit x xकर सकते हैं kar saktē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]तो tō tō thenपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulज्ञानी gyānī gyānī[adj.] gyaniक्या kyā kyā whatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] !  !  !  !

569When they, who only have the knowledge of the soul, are able to attract people, what can those, who have the supreme knowledge, not do?

374तो tō tō thenहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crownedअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isजिम्मेदार jimmēdār x xसमझे samajhē samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , कि ki ki[conj.] thatमेरी mērī maĩ[pn.sg.kī] I[.kī]जिम्मेदारी jimmēdārī x xहै-लोगों hai-lōgō̃ x xको kō kō[postp.] toआकर्षितकर ākarṣitakar x xबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

570So each of you should consider yourself to be one who has such a crown, that is, each of you should consider yourself to be responsible for attracting people and making them belong to the Father. 571Do not make them belong to you, but to the Father.

375अपना apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

572So did those from Agra understand what they have to do?

376तो tō tō thenआगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agraवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisनवीनता navīntā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] newnessदिखाओ dikhāō dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceजाये jāyē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

573Bring about more newness. 574Show this newness so that everyone's vision is drawn.

377समझा samjhā samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?  ?  ?  ?

575Do you understand?

378हीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

576Prepare the diamonds.

379ताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inझूठे jhūṭhē jhūṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] falseहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

577What is there in a crown? 578False diamonds.

380आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसच्चे sachchē sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] trueहीरे hīrē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] diamondतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

579And what do you have to do? 580Prepare true diamonds.

381अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

581Achcha.

382नेपाल nēpāl nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] x- - - -नेपाल nēpāl nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xको kō kō[postp.] toदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

582Nepal:Their hats are not visible. 583They are not sitting together.

383डबल double double doubleफायदा phāydā fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] profitउठाते हैं uṭhātē haĩ uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

584They are sitting individually. 585It isgood.

384जब jab jab whenफारेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटर्न turn tum youहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]हम ham ham[pn.pl.] weफारेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , जब jab jab whenइण्डिया india India Indiaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटर्न turn tum youहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]हम ham ham[pn.pl.] weइण्डियन indian Indian xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

586Nepal is said to be part of this land as well as a foreign land. 587You take double benefit. 588When itis the foreigners' turn, you say that you are foreigners and when it is India's turn, you say that you are Indians.

385डबल double double doubleचांस chance chance chanceलेते हैं lētē haĩ lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] take[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

589You take a double chance.

386अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

590It is good.

387नेपाल nēpāl nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकई kaī kaī someलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleभावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

591Many people of Nepal have a lot of bhavna.

388प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromसुनने sunnē sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] listen[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

592You are very good in listening with great love.

389नेपाल nēpāl nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)धरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

593The land of Nepal also has good bhavna.

390और aur aur andदूसरी dūsrī dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] otherविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityदेखी है dēkhī hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] see[pres-perf.sg.f.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreबातों bātō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] matterमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)जाते हैं jātē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमस्त mast mast[adj.] intoxicatedरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

594And your second speciality seen is that you do not get involved in too many other things. 595You remain busy with yourself.

391खिटखिट khiṭkhiṭ khiṭ-khiṭ complicationकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)करते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

596You do not create much conflict.

392इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहो रही है hō rahī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] be[pres.sg.f.prog.23]और aur aur andक्वालिटी quality quality xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

597This is why there is very good expansion and why the quality is also good.

393बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

598One would not say that it is very good, but that it is good.

394नेपाल nēpāl nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅भी bhī bhī[p.] tooमाइक mike mike mikeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकिया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

599Those from Nepal also have not created a "mike".

395सहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationदे देते हैं dē dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] close­ ­ ­ ­सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromबुलन्द buland buland[adj.] xआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

600There are co­operative souls who give their co­operation when needed, but bring them into close relationship and the sound will spread very loudly and very far.

396अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowछोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] small­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyनेपाल nēpāl nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyफैलता है phailtā hai phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] spread[pres.sg.m.23], , , , बस bas bas|basnā[root] (simply|x[root]). . . .

601Now, the sound created is very soft. 602And so it only spreads as far as Nepal itself. 603That is all.

397बुलन्द buland buland[adj.] xआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

604Now prepare those who can spread the sound far and loudly.

398अगर agar agar ifहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)स्टेट state state xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)माइक mike mike mikeदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])­ ­ ­ ­तीन tīn tīn[adj.] x, , , , दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])­ ­ ­ ­तीन tīn tīn[adj.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहो जायें hō jāyē̃ hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatरौनक raunak raunak[n.f.;sg.] splendourनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

605If each state prepares two to three "mikes", then there would be such splendour. 606There would be this splendour, would there not?

399फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleको kō kō[postp.] toसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरनी पड़ेगी karnī paṛēgī karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2]. . . .

607Then you would not have to make any effort to do service.

400आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलाइट light light lightहो जायेंगे hō jāyēṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatमाइक mike mike mikeहो जायेंगे hō jāyēṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

608You will become the might and they will become the "mike".

401आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyलाइट light light lightदेते रहेंगे dētē rahē̃gē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

609You will simply continue to give them might.

402अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowलाइट light light lightभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेते हो dētē hō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] give[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenमाइक mike mike mikeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबनते हो bantē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2] become[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

610At present, you give them light and you also become the "mikes".

403फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)माइक mike mike mikeवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलाइट light light lightदेते रहेंगे dētē rahē̃gē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

611Then, they will become the "mikes" and you will continue to give light.

404तो tō tō thenसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] newमोड़ mōṛ mōṛnā[root] change[root]लाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

612So, now bring about a new turn in service.

405नवीनता navīntā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] newnessलाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

613Bring some newness.

406इसके iskē yah[pn.sg.kē] this[.kē]लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeरखा है rakhā hai rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)देश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landसे sē sē[postp.] fromआवें āvē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)स्टेट state state xसे sē sē[postp.] fromआवें āvē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

614This programme has been created for this, so that even from the foreign lands, someone from every country should come and from here also, someone should come from every state.

407लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमाइक mike mike mikeतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenमाइक mike mike mikeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दरबार darbār darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] courtहो जायेगी hō jāyēgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . . 408और aur aur andइतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchमाइक mike mike mikeइकट्ठेहो ikaṭṭhēhō x xजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबुलन्द buland buland[adj.] xहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

615But prepare the "mikes". 616So there will then be a court of the "mikes", and when so many "mikes" gather together, the sound will also spread very far and loudly.

409तो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchनवीनता navīntā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] newnessका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

617So create a programme of such newness. 618Until then, prepare the "mikes".

410अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowमाइक mike mike mikeतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)डेट फिक्स date fix date fix[x] fix a dateकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

619Prepare them and then fix a date. 620However, no corner or state should be left out.

411लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneकोना kōnā kōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] corner, , , , कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneस्टेट state state xरहनी rahnī rahnā[inf.f.] remain[inf.f.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

621If you have to create a loud sound, what do you do? 622You put up speakers in all four directions, do you not?

412अगर agar agar ifकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseबुलन्द buland buland[adj.] xकरना होता है karnā hōtā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1]तो tō tō thenचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereमाइक mike mike mikeलगाते हो lagātē hō lagānā[pres.pl.m.2] attach[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅, , , , चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereमाइक mike mike mikeलगने lagnē lagnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

623By speakers being put up in all four directions, the sound becomes very loud. 624All the "mikes" should speak the same sound and so the same sound would emerge from all four directions.

413सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allमाइक mike mike mikeएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseबोलें bōlē̃ bōlnā[opt.pl.12hon3] speak[opt.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseनिकलेगा-यही nikalēgā-yahī x xप्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

625This is the flag of revelation. 626So make these preparations now. 627Do you understand? 628Those from the zones should not simply become happy that they have received this blessing.

414तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

629Go and do service.

415तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजोन zone zone zoneवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyइसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमको hamkō ham[pn.pl.kō] we[.kō]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingमिला milā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजाकर jākar jānā[abs.] go[abs.]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

630Baba is not mentioning any names, but each of you should consider yourself for this. 631Those from Delhi and Bombay have to do this first.

416देहली dēhlī dēhlī Delhiवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toपहले pahlē pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (firstly|x)करना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

632Delhi and Bombay are both those who glorify the name.

417देहली dēhlī dēhlī Delhi, , , , बाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xही hī hī[p.] onlyनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameबाला bālā bālā[x] xकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

633Is this correct, those from Delhi? 634It is good. 635The instrument of Delhi is sitting here.

418तो tō tō thenऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchकमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sमुख mukh mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mouthसे sē sē[postp.] fromयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisनिकले nikalē nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23])कि ki ki[conj.] thatसचमुच sachmuch sachmuch xपरिवर्तक parivartak parivartak[adj.] transformerआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youही hī hī[p.] onlyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

636(Jagdishbhai was sitting in front of Baba). 637It would be a wonder when it emerges from everyone's lips that you are truly the only transformers.

419ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisही hī hī[p.] onlyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

638They should not say that you are also one of them, but that you are the only ones.

420अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

639What do they say at present? 640That you are also one of many; that you too are good.

421ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisही hī hī[p.] onlyअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं-जब haĩ-jab x xये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseनिकले nikalē nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23])तब tab tab for only thenझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेगा laharāyēgā laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] hoist[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

641When the sound emerges that only these people are good, then the flag will be hoisted.

422अनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 423एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

642You are the only one, there are not many.

424तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजोन zone zone zoneवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

643So all of you from all the zones are ready, are you not? 644Are you ready to do this?

425कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someमन्सा mansā mansā through the mindसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someवाचा vāchā vāchā xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . . 426मन्सा mansā mansā through the mindसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceतो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकर सकते हो kar saktē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

645All of you will do this, will you not? 646Some of you can do service through the mind and some of you can do service through words. 647Everyone can do service through the mind.

427तो tō tō thenवायब्रेशन vibration vibration vibrationsफैलाओ phailāō phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

648Therefore, spread those vibrations.

428वाणी vāṇī vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] wordsसे sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseमंसा mansā mansā through the mindसे sē sē[postp.] fromयोगदान yōgdān yōgdān[n.m.;sg.,d.] donation of yogaदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]). . . .

649If not through words, then give the donation of yoga through your mind.

429सबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sअंगुली aṅgulī aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fingerचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

650Everyone's finger is needed.

430समझा samjhā samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?  ?  ?  ?

651Do you understand?

431अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

652Achcha.

432डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreigner- - - -डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isदूरदेशी dūrdēśhī dūrdēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] Resident of the far-away landऔर aur aur andदूरांदेशी dūrāndēśhī dūrādēśhī[adj.] far-sighted. . . .

653Double foreigners:Double foreigners have also taken a chance in every group. 654Not a single group has been without double foreigners.

433भारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatमैसेज message message messageदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]उनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]दरवेश daravēś x xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

655They are present in all the groups. 656It is good. 657BapDada is pleased. 658At least every group becomes an international group.

434तो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerदूरांदेश dūrāndēśh dūrādēśhī[adj.] far-sightedबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

659To be a foreigner means to be a resident of the far­away land and also far­sighted.

435दूरांदेश dūrāndēśh dūrādēśhī[adj.] far-sightedबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)परिस्थिति paristhiti paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] circumstances, , , , हर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterको kō kō[postp.] toआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.­ ­ ­ ­मध्य madhya madhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] middle­ ­ ­ ­अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeकालों kālō̃ kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]|kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] (ugly|x)से sē sē[postp.] fromजानने jānnē jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] know[inf.m.pl.,o.]और aur aur andदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . . 436जिसको jiskō jō[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherशब्दों śhabdō̃ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकहेंगेत्रिकालदर्शी kahēṅgētrikāladarśī x x. . . .

660In Bharat, those who carry a message are called inland messengers. 661The double foreigners are good in having a far­ sighted intellect. 662To have a far­sighted intellect means to know and see every situation in the three aspects of times: its beginning, its middle and its end.

437तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskकरेंत्रिकालदर्शी karēntrikāladarśī x xहोकर hōkar hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]करें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

663In other words, you would call them trikaldarshi. 664Whatever task you perform, do it whilst being trikaldarshi.

438एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneकाल kāl kal xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदेखें dēkhē̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] see[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

665Do not just see one aspect of time.

439तीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeही hī hī[p.] onlyकालों kālō̃ kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]|kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] (ugly|x)को kō kō[postp.] toजानने jānnē jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] know[inf.m.pl.,o.], , , , समझने samajhnē samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] understand[inf.m.pl.,o.]और aur aur andसमझकर samajhkar samajhnā[abs.] understand[abs.]चलने chalnē chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] continue[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

666You are those who know, understand and move along according to the understanding of the three aspects of time.

440इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]दूरांदेश dūrāndēśh dūrādēśhī[adj.] far-sightedबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellect, , , , दूरांदेशी dūrāndēśhī dūrādēśhī[adj.] far-sightedदृष्टि dr̥iṣhṭi dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] drishti. . . .

667This is known as having a far­sighted intellect and far­sighted vision.

441तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatतीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeकाल kāl kal xको kō kō[postp.] toजानकर jānkar jānnā[abs.] know[abs.]करते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभटकेंगे bhaṭakē̃gē bhaṭaknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] wander around[fut.m.pl.12hon3]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

668Those who do everything whilst knowing the three aspects of time never wander or stumble around.

442तीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeकालों kālō̃ kālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.]|kāl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] (ugly|x)को kō kō[postp.] toजानकर jānkar jānnā[abs.] know[abs.]करने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious होंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

669Those who do everything whilst knowing the three aspects of time are constantly victorious.

443सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious . . . . 444मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortके बाद kē bād kē bād[x] afterविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

670They are easily victorious; not those who are victorious after having to labour.

445मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआधा ādhā ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halfमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureतो tō tō thenखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जाती है hō jātī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

671When you attain victory after having to labour, half the pleasure is lost in having to make effort.

446और aur aur andजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]नशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxication, , , , खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happiness, , , , मौज-सब mauj-sab x xहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

672And when you attain victory easily, then you have intoxication, happiness and pleasure in that. 673So what are the double foreigners?

447तो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleविदेशीत्रिकालदर्शी vidēśītrikāladarśī x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

674Are you trikaldarshi? 675Or those who only know one aspect of time?

448कि ki ki[conj.] thatएकदर्शी ēkadarśī x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

676What are you? 677Are you trikaldarshi?

449जल्दी jaldī jaldī very quickly­ ­ ­ ­जल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneकाल kāl kal xदेखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]लेते lētē lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?  ?  ?  ?

678You do not do everything hurriedly only seeing one aspect of time, do you?

450त्रिकालदर्शी trikāldarśhī trikāldarśhī[adj.] trikaldarshiअर्थात्सोच arthātsōc x x­ ­ ­ ­समझ samajh samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] (understanding|understand[root])कर kar karnā[root] do[root]कार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

679This is known as those who do everything after thinking and carefully considering everything.

451जल्दी jaldī jaldī very quickly­ ­ ­ ­जल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyवर्तमान vartamān vartamān[adj.] presentदेखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]कर लिया kar liyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]तो tō tō thenधोखा dhōkhā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] deceptionखा लेते हैं khā lētē haĩ khānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] eat[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā]. . . .

680If you do every thing hurriedly whilst only seeing the present time, then you would be deceived.

452लेकिन lēkin lēkin butत्रिकालदर्शीबनकर trikāladarśībanakar x xकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyसफलता saphaltā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] successसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyमिलती है miltī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.23] receive[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

681If you do everything whilst being trikaldarshi, then you receive success easily.

453तो tō tō thenसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyसफलता saphaltā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] successप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoत्रिकालदर्शीअर्थात् trikāladarśīarthāt x xदूरांदेशी dūrāndēśhī dūrādēśhī[adj.] far-sightedबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . . 454समझा samjhā samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]). . . .

682You are trikaldarshi souls who easily attain success, that is, those who have a far­sighted intellect. 683Do you understand who you are?

455मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] resident- - - - ( ( ( (बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅आबू ābū ābū Abuके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भिन्नभिन्नस्थानों bhinnabhinnasthānō̃ x xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inउपस्थित upasthit upasthit[adj.] xभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromहाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handउठवाया uṭhvāyā uṭhvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] make raise[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , पीस पार्क peace park Peace park[x] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

684Madhuban Niwasis:Are all of you Madhuban niwasis? 685Are those in Talheti Madhuban niwasis? 686Those from Talheti, raise your hands. 687Achcha, those from Madhuban, raise your hands.

456लण्डन london London xअमेरिका America America Americaसबको sabkō sabkō everythingभूल जाता है bhūl jātā hai bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

688Those from the Hospital, raise your hands.

457जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatपीस पार्क peace park Peace park[x] xदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenकॉपी copy copy copyकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कोशिश kōśhiśh kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] tryकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

689Achcha, Those from Gyan Sarovar, raise your hands. 690There are a lot more from Gyan Sarovar. 691Achcha.

458लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकॉपी copy copy copyकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , रूहानियत rūhāniyat rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)झलक jhalak jhalak[n.f.;sg.]|jhalaknā[root] (x|sparkle[root])तो tō tō thenआ ā ānā[root] come[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकती saktī saknā[pres-part.f.] can[pres-part.f.], , , , प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)झलक jhalak jhalak[n.f.;sg.]|jhalaknā[root] (x|sparkle[root])तो tō tō thenआ ā ānā[root] come[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकती saktī saknā[pres-part.f.] can[pres-part.f.]. . . .

692Sevadharis in Madhuban, raise your hands. 693To be a sevadhari means to be fortunate. 694Achcha. 695Those from the Peace Park, raise your hands.

459तो tō tō thenमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफल phal phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] fruitमिल रहा है mil rahā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

696(Kishorbhai's family). 697They are a trimurti.

460मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortतो tō tō thenअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

698It is good. 699Peace Park is no less.

461प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

700Everyone forgets London and America.

462सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyपानी pānī pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] (water|x[inf.f.])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदिया है diyā hai dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपानी pānī pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] (water|x[inf.f.])दिया है diyā hai dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23]इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeवायुमण्डल vāyumaṇḍal vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] atmosphereन्यारा nyārā nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uniqueऔर aur aur andप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

701Whoever sees the Peace Park tries to copy it. 702But no matter how much they copy it, they cannot have that sparkle of spirituality. 703They cannot have that sparkle of love.

463औरज्ञान aurajñān x xसरोवर sarōvar sarōvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] Sarovarवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

704This is why your speciality is good. 705You are receiving the fruit of your effort.

464अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaरिजल्ट result result resultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

706You have made a lot of effort.

465और aur aur andनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostनम्बरवन number one number one number oneहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

707You have made effort with a lot of love.

466कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someजाकर jākar jānā[abs.] go[abs.]हिलाता hilātā hilānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] make fluctuate[pres-part.m.sg.d.]है-नहीं hai-nahī̃ x xतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , जितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatना nā nā ∅करते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहाँ hā̃ hā̃ yesकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

708You have not just watered it, you have given it the water of love and this is why the atmosphere is lovely and unique. 709And those from Gyan Sarovar are also working hard with a lot of love. 710The result is good. 711And you are number one in having faith in the intellect.

467इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeनिश्चय की niśhchay kī niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] have the faithविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 468तैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

712No matter how much someone tries to shake you, saying: "No, it will not be ready on time", the more they say it won't be ready, the more you say, "Yes, it will be ready".

469इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])निश्चय की niśhchay kī niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] have the faith. . . .

713Therefore, there is victory when there is faith.

470अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 471तलहटी talahṭī talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआ गये हैं ā gayē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , मेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

714It has to be ready and the Father has to come. 715This is why, even when all the Madhuban niwasis and all the parties that come say that it will not be ready, Baba says that He has to come.

472अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , रौनक raunak raunak[n.f.;sg.] splendourतो tō tō thenचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldना nā nā ∅. . . .

716Therefore, congratulations for your faith. 717Achcha.

473कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनवीनता navīntā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] newnessचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldना nā nā ∅. . . .

718Those in Talheti are also experiencing pleasure.

474ओम् शान्ति ōm śhānti ōm śhānti[x] Om Shantiभवन bhavan bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bhavanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हाल hall|hāl hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] (hall|x)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyबैठते baiṭhtē baiṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

719You are making the preparations for celebrating at the mela. 720It is good.

475लेकिन lēkin lēkin butनवीनता navīntā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] newnessभी bhī bhī[p.] tooचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldना nā nā ∅. . . .

721There has to be sparkle and splendour.

476और aur aur andकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtपूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

722There has to be some newness. 723You always sit in the Om Shanti Bhavan Hall anyway.

477उल्हने ulhanē x xकम हो जायेंगे kam hō jāyēṅgē kam hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] decrease. . . .

724But there has to be some newness also.

478तो tō tō thenतलहटी talahṭī talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKतैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहो रही है hō rahī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

725And the thoughts of so many souls will be fulfilled.

479बड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलगती lagtī lagnā[pres-part.f.] x[pres-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

726The complaints will be reduced.

480खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहो जाती है hō jātī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

727Are those from Talheti engaged in this? 728Is everything going well?

481अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

729Achcha.

482आबू ābū ābū Abuनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] residentक्या kyā kyā whatकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

730Preparations are being made.

483सहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

731You do not think it is a big task, do you?

484कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenआबू ābū ābū Abuनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] residentकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskकर लेते हैं kar lētē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā]. . . .

732It feels easy. 733You have happiness. 734In happiness, even the difficult becomes easy.

485अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , म्युजियम museum museum museumभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकर रहा है kar rahā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] do[pres.sg.m.prog.23], , , , म्युजियम museum museum museumवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

735The museum is also doing good service, and what are the Abu niwasis doing? 736You are giving the company of your co­operation.

486म्युजियम museum museum museumतो tō tō thenचलताफिरता calatāphiratā x xएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

737Whenever any task is to be accomplished, the Abu niwasis do that.

487इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisम्युजियम museum museum museumने nē nē[postp.] ∅भी bhī bhī[p.] tooवि्ातने viātanē x xसेवाकेन्द्र sēvākēndra sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] centreखोले khōlē khōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khōlnā[opt.sg.23] (open[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|open[opt.sg.23])होंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

738It is good. 739All the children at the museum are also working hard.

488कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)धरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)परिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकर दी है kar dī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]. . . .

740The museum is a mobile place of service. 741How many centres would this museum have opened?

489यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereस्थानों sthānō̃ sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] placeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

742How many souls were transformed through this? 743The influence created here is very useful when they go back.

490क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereआने ānē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.])वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoफ्री free free freeहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenबुद्धिफ्री buddhiphrī x xहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseप्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaपड़ता है paṛtā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] fall[pres.sg.m.23]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)वही vahī vahī thisवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

744When they are free here, because their intellect is free here, they are very impressed, and so this is what is useful when they get back to their homes. 745So the service of the museum is no less either.

491तो tō tō thenम्युजियम museum museum museumकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

746The service at all the places is good.

492सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allस्थानों sthānō̃ sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] placeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

747All those who explain to the groups here are also good.

493यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ here ( ( ( (ओम् शान्ति ōm śhānti ōm śhānti[x] Om Shantiभवन bhavan bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bhavanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in) ) ) ) भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatग्रुप group group groupसमझाते हैं samjhātē haĩ samjhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] explain[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

748Whether it is the museum, whether it is Om Shanti Bhavan, whether it is Talheti or the Peace Park, you are all doing service, are you not?

494तो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allजगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहोती जाती है hōtī jātī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] be[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā], , , , प्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xपड़ता जाता है paṛtā jātā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] fall[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā]. . . .

749At every place, the service is being carried out easily and the influence is being spread.

495अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

750It is good. 751Achcha.

496अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

752What will those from Madhuban do? 753Madhuban niwasis should constantly consider themselves to be the image of support and the examples. 754In practical action, the Madhuban niwasis are the example and also the image of support, because all the facilities that are needed are provided by Madhuban; the spiritual facilities. 755This is why the Madhuban niwasis should not think that they are just in a room of Madhuban, or that they are in Pandav Bhavan, but that they are the image of support in every action, every thought and every word.

497मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toआधा ādhā ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] half­ ­ ­ ­रमूर्त ramūrta x xऔर aur aur andउदाहरणमूर्त udāharaṇmūrt udāharaṇmūrt[n.f.;sg.] xसमझो samjhō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

756Whatever specialities anyone sees in practical actions and words, they are seen in Madhuban.

498साकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] residentउदाहरण udāharaṇ udāharaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andआधारमूर्त ādhārmūrt ādhārmūrt[n.f.;sg.] image of supportभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

757So, you are constantly the image of support at every moment, and you are also the image of an example.

499क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरूहानी rūhānī rūhānī[adj.] spiritualसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसब sab sab[adj.] allतो tō tō thenमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanसे sē sē[postp.] fromही hī hī[p.] onlyजाते हैं jātē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

758If you do something good, you become an example and even if you do something mixed, then also you become an example.

500इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसमझें samajhē̃ samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] understand[opt.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कमरे kamrē kamrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orपाण्डव भवन pāṇḍav bhavan pāṇḍav bhavan[x] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अन्दर andar andar insideरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)कर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , हर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , हर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)बोल bōl bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] (speak[root]|x)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआधारमूर्त ādhārmūrt ādhārmūrt[n.f.;sg.] image of supportहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

759Everyone gives the example of Madhuban. 760This is why the Madhuban niwasis have such a huge crown of responsibility. 761The hospital is also included in Madhuban. 762Talhetiis included, the museum is included, Gyan Sarovar is included, Sangam Bhavan is included.

501हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , वाणी vāṇī vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] wordsमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

763There are few at Sangam Bhavan but you do service tirelessly. 764The residents at Sangam Bhavan do very good running around. 765Residents of Sangam Bhavan, raise your hands. 766Achcha.

502तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeआधारमूर्त ādhārmūrt ādhārmūrt[n.f.;sg.] image of supportभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और aur aur andउदाहरणमूर्त udāharaṇmūrt udāharaṇmūrt[n.f.;sg.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

767How's everything at the hospital? 768Is it all right? 769It is OK? 770Is the Hospital very good or only good?

503चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅उदाहरण udāharaṇ udāharaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबनते हो bantē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2] become[pres.pl.m.2]और aur aur andमिक्स mix mix xकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅उदाहरण udāharaṇ udāharaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x. . . .

771What is the speciality of the hospital? 772On one side, you think that no one should be a patient, and the hospital thinks it should have patients.

504उदाहरण udāharaṇ udāharaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofही hī hī[p.] onlyदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

773They become unhappy if they have no patients. 774You bring patience to the patients.

505इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchजिम्मेदारी jimmēdārī x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासियों nivāsiyō̃ nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] residentको kō kō[postp.] toपड़ा paṛā paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] fall[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

775So, not only do the patients come to the hospital, but even those who wish to imbibe patience come to the hospital. 776It is good.

506अच्छा-संगम acchā-saṅgam x xभवन bhavan bhavan[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bhavanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)थोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceबहुत bahut bahut veryअथक athak athak[adj.] xकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

777The Brahmins have the maximum benefit from the hospital. 778You just sit in the ambulance and you arrive there. 779It provides good help.

507संगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] residentभागदौड़ bhāgdauṛ bhāg-dauṛ[n.f.;sg.] running aroundका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (lust|task)अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

780Firstly, it helps the Brahmins and secondly, people used to wonder and say that you do not do anything, and now they think, "Yes, they do do something.

508अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha- - - -हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofक्या kyā kyā whatहालचाल hālchāl hāl-chāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] how they areहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

781They do a lot". 782So the hospital has increased the service.

509हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

783You have transformed the people's saying "They do not do anything" to "Yes, they do do something".

510देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)विशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

784It is like this, is it not? 785Those from the hospital, raise your hands.

511वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xसोचते हैं sōchtē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatपेशेन्ट patient patient xकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , और aur aur andहॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalसोचती है sōchtī hai sōchnā[pres.sg.f.23] think[pres.sg.f.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatपेशेन्ट patient patient xआवें āvē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

786Achcha. 787Those from the Health Care (next to Talheti) have also come. 788It is good. 789When those at the hospital have time, you should do a lot of service through the mind.

512अगर agar agar ifपेशेन्ट patient patient xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआते ātē ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenउदास udās udās[adj.] unhappyहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

790Then you cannot become free from that. 791Achcha.

513पेशेन्ट patient patient xको kō kō[postp.] toपेशन्स patience patience xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाते हैं lātē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

792To all the elevated souls in all four directions who have faith in the intellect; to the souls who have guaranteed victory; to the constantly carefree souls; to the elevated souls who become the instruments to bring about expansion through the accurate method; to the close souls who constantly remain unshakeable and immovable in belonging to the one Father and in having the strength of One and the support of One, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste. 793BapDada meeting the Dadis: (Dadiji had gone to Bombay and Ahmedabad and Dadi Janki had gone to Poona for service): You have toured and come back? 794You are the jewels of contentment who give contentment to others. 795What will the jewels of contentment do wherever they go?

514तो tō tō thenहॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyपेशेन्ट patient patient xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butपेशन्स patience patience xधारण dhāraṇ dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] adoptingकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoपेशेन्ट patient patient xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

796They will make everyone content, will they not? 797Whether in terms of the body or in terms of the mind, you make both types of souls ready.

515अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreहॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफायदा phāydā fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] profitब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminको kō kō[postp.] toहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

798This is why BapDada constantly calls you the jewels of contentment. 799It is good. 800You have come carrying a basket of remembrances, haven't you?

516एम्बुलेन्स ambulance ambulance xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (sit[opt.sg.23]|sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.])और aur aur andपहुँच गये pahũch gayē pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

801(Everyone's remembrances were given to Baba.)

517अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaमदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

802It is good that all were refreshed.

518एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneतो tō tō thenब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminको kō kō[postp.] toमदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andदूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहाँ hā̃ hā̃ yesये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , बहुत bahut bahut veryकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

803You have multimillions merged in your every step. 804This is why, when each of you goes on a tour, the spinning of many souls is finished. 805They are all able to receive whatever they need, and this is why the wasteful spinning of many souls is finished.

519हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalने nē nē[postp.] ∅सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceबढ़ाई baṛhāī baṛhānā[past-part.f.] increase[past-part.f.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

806You experience it to be like this, do you not?

520‘ ‘ ‘ ‘कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not’ ’ ’ ’को kō kō[postp.] to‘ ‘ ‘ ‘करते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]’ ’ ’ ’में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकर लिया kar liyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]. . . .

807Everyone has love for the Dadis. 808Everyone has love for all those who are the instruments.

521ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

809Dadi Janki:It is good.

522अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoअगर agar agar ifफुर्सत phursat phursat[n.f.;sg.] timeमिलती है miltī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.23] receive[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenमंसा mansā mansā through the mindसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceबहुत bahut bahut veryकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

810Everything becomes all right with determined faith. 811No matter how bitter someone's sanskars are, where there is determination, everything finishes like wax.

523उससे ussē vah[pn.sg.sē] that[.sē]फुर्सत phursat phursat[n.f.;sg.] timeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिलेगी milēgī milnā[fut.f.sg.23] receive[fut.f.sg.23]. . . . 524अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

812Jagdishbhai: What newness will you now bring?

525चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allनिश्चयबुद्धि niśhchaybuddhi niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] intellect with faithश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious आत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyनिश्चिन्त niśhchinta niśhchint[x] without worryआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedविधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबल bal bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] strengthएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneभरोसे bharōsē bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] guaranteeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअचल achal achal unshakeable­ ­ ­ ­अडोल aḍōl aḍōl[adj.] unshakeableरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembrance­ ­ ­ ­प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andनमस्ते namastē namastē x. . . .

813(Of a large programme of creating "mikes".) 814When the sound comes from all corners together from everywhere, then the sound will be spread far and loudly. 815Continue to say Hanji, ha ji and everyone says Ha ji. 816Those from the foreign lands should say Ha ji to those from this land and those from this land should say ha ji to those from the foreign lands.

526दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiसेः sēḥ x x­ ­ ­ ­ ( ( ( (दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजी jī jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.])बाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayअहमदाबाद ahamadābād ahamadābād xतथा tathā tathā andजानकी jānkī jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xदादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiपूना pūnā pūnā xसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)गई थी gaī thī jānā[past-perf.f.] go[past-perf.f.]) ) ) ) चक्कर chakkar chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleलगाकर lagākar lagānā[abs.] attach[abs.]आई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .

817What will there be when everyone says Ha ji? 818The task is already accomplished. 819The facilities are very good. 820Simply learn how to become a master and a child.

527सन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentदिलाने dilānē dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentमणियाँ maṇiyā̃ maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jewelहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

821Be a child at the right time and be a master at the right time.

528तो tō tō thenसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentमणियाँ maṇiyā̃ maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jewelजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजायेंगी jāyēṅgī jānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] go[fut.f.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentकरेंगी karē̃gī karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

822Do all of you know how to become this? 823Do you know how to become this?

529चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)तन tan tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] to, , , , दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formसे sē sē[postp.] fromसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

824Or, do you become a master when you have to become a child? 825Achcha. 826Your group is one that says Ha ji, is it not? 827It is good.

530इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसदा sadā sadā constantlyसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentमणियाँ maṇiyā̃ maṇi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jewelकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

828BapDada will see who has made the lesson of Ha ji firm. 829You do do this.

531 ( ( ( (सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)याद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceदी the|dī the|dēnā[past-part.f.] (the|give[past-part.f.])) ) ) ) अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 532याद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटोकरा ṭōkarā x xभरकर bharkar bharnā[abs.] fill[abs.]आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

830It is not that you don't, but Baba will see this at the time of a particular task.

533कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपदमभरे padamabharē x xहुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 534इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]चक्कर chakkar chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleलगाने lagānē lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] attach[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromअनेकों anēkō̃ anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] manyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चक्कर chakkar chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleसमाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finishedहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

831Achcha. 832Dadi Chandermani will go to inaugurate the Kumbh Mela:You have received a very good seat. 833Continue to tour around.

535जिनको jinkō jō[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatमिल जाता है mil jātā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

834Continue to experience pleasure and bring pleasure to others.

536इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeअनेकों anēkō̃ anēk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] manyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)व्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulचक्कर chakkar chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

835Look, were you able to tour around when you were sitting in a corner of Punjab?

537ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

836Now that you have become a Madhuban

538दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

837niwasi, you are able to tour around.

539जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

838The gathering of the Pandavs and Shaktis together is very good.

540 ( ( ( (दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजानकी jānkī jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x) ) ) ) अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , दृढ़ dr̥iṛh dr̥iṛh[adj.] determinedनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithसे sē sē[postp.] fromसब sab sab[adj.] allठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

839The Pandavs cannot move without the Shaktis and the Shaktis cannot move without the Pandavs.

541कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकड़े kaṛē kaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] severeसंस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereदृढ़ता dr̥iṛhtā dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] determinationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereसब sab sab[adj.] allएकदम ēkdam ēkdam xमोम mōm mōm[n.m.;sg.,d.] waxके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समान samān samān[adj.] equalखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

840Both are needed. 841Both have been needed from the beginning and they will be needed till the end. 842Are all of you happy?

542जगदीश Jagdīśh Jagdīśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])से sē sē[postp.] from- - - -अब ab ab[adv.] nowक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]नवीनता navīntā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] newness ?  ?  ?  ?

843How happy are you? 844100% or only a percentage?

543 ( ( ( (विशाल viśhāl viśhāl[adj.] broad and unlimitedप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeमाइक mike mike mikeबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of) ) ) ) एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xइकट्ठासभी ikaṭṭhāsabhī x xकोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerसे sē sē[postp.] fromआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseआये āyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23])तो tō tō thenबुलन्द buland buland[adj.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

845Wherever all of you have come from, you are the ones who have the best fortune of all. 846You are elevated. 847You are loved by the Father.

544हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes, , , , हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]चलो chalō chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sहाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ही hī hī[p.] onlyजाना है jānā hai jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]). . . .

848Whether you have come from the foreign lands or from this land, each one of you is loved by the Father.

545विदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesऔर aur aur andदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes. . . .

849A variety of souls have come. 850Achcha, where is the largest number of souls in the foreign countries? 851You are the decoration.

546तो tō tō thenजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereहाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyपड़ा है paṛā hai paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

852Whether you have come from Canada or from Brazil, you are the Father's decoration.

547साधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyबालक bālak bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] xऔर aur aur andमालिक mālik mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] masterबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]आ जाये ā jāyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

853The Father cannot do anything without you. 854This is why BapDada says: The children are first.

548समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बालक bālak bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)मालिक mālik mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] master. . . . 549सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

855Do you think this? 856Does each one think that he is loved by the Father?

550कि ki ki[conj.] thatजिस समय jis samay jis samay[x] xबालक bālak bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeमालिकपन mālikpan mālikpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] being a masterआ जाता है ā jātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

857Only the one unlimited Father can give love to everyone.

551तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonकिसने kisnē kaun[pn.sg.nē] who[.nē]पक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmकिया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

858Souls cannot give this, only the Father can give this, because He is unlimited.

552सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)टाइम time time timeदेखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

859So each one feels himself to be loved by the Father. 860Whether anyone's name is mentioned or not, each one is loved.

553अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

861Achcha.

554 ( ( ( (दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiचन्द्रमणी chandramaṇī chandramaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Chandermaniइलाहाबाद ilāhābād ilāhābād[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकुम्भ kumbha kumbh[x] kumbhमेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजा रही हैं jā rahī haĩ jānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]) ) ) ) आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]सीट seat seat seatबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaमिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23], , , , चक्कर chakkar chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleलगाते रहो lagātē rahō lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā], , , , मौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमनाते रहो manātē rahō manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

862It is good that those who bring the "mikes", and those who give light give happiness; even those who make the toli and feed others. 863When you are given toli, you become so happy.

555और aur aur andदूसरों dūsrō̃ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] otherको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाते रहो lātē rahō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

864Whatever each of you does, you give happiness to one another.

556अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , पाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaऔर aur aur andशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

865You do not just give toli, you give happiness. 866It is not just a "mike" you give, you give happiness.

557शक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बिना binā binā withoutपाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचलते chaltē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , पाण्डवों pāṇḍavō̃ pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Pandavaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बिना binā binā withoutशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचल chal chalnā[root] continue[root]सकतीं saktī̃ saknā[pres-part.f.pl.] can[pres-part.f.pl.]. . . .

867Achcha. 868Look, each one has become clever. 869Did you know about the "mikes" before? 870But, by coming here, you have received a degree in this.

558दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आवश्यकता āvaśhyaktā āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] needआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.से sē sē[postp.] fromअन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतक tak tak untilरही है rahī hai rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23]और aur aur andरहेगी rahēgī rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] remain[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

871Some for the light, some for the "mike", some for engineering, some for being a director, some for driving.

559अच्छा-जो acchā-jō x xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2], , , , सब sab sab[adj.] allअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaते tē sē fromअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaभाग्यवान bhāgyavān bhāgyavān[x] fortunateहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

872Driving is very good. 873Everyone's life is in your hands. 874All the departments are those that give happiness. 875It is good.

560चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)विदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2], , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)देश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2], , , , हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

876Congratulations! 877It is good that you renounce something and create the fortune of many, and so, congratulations!

561सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofश्रृंगार śhrr̥iṅgār śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] (decorate[root]|decoration)हो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

878All departments are essential and they are number one.

562बिना binā binā withoutआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

879All those who cut the vegetables are also essential.

563इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]पहले pahlē pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (firstly|x)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] child. . . .

880If the vegetables are not cut, they cannot be cooked; if they cannot be cooked, you cannot eat them.

564तो tō tō thenहरेक harēk har ēk each oneसमझता है samajhtā hai samajhnā[pres.sg.m.23] understand[pres.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1] ?  ?  ?  ?

881Those who clean the grains are picking up diamonds. 882All are very essential.

565एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyबेहद का बाप bēhad kā bāp bēhad kā bāp[x] unlimited Fatherसबको sabkō sabkō everythingप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveदे सकता है dē saktā hai dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] give[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]. . . .

883Whatever each of you is doing, do it as a bestower of happiness.

566आत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])सकती saktī saknā[pres-part.f.] can[pres-part.f.], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherदे सकता है dē saktā hai dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] give[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]. . . .

884You have to give happiness to everyone. 885It is not work that you are doing.

567क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

886To do work means to give happiness.

568तो tō tō thenहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneसमझता है samajhtā hai samajhnā[pres.sg.m.23] understand[pres.sg.m.23]मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]. . . .

887People of the world work whereas you give happiness.

569नाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameलेवें lēvē̃ lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] take[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेवें lēvē̃ lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] take[opt.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingसब sab sab[adj.] allहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

888So, you gave happiness and claimed blessings. 889It is such good work.

570अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

890Achcha. 891* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used